WO2018057989A1 - INHIBITORS OF SARM1 NADase ACTIVITY AND USES THEREOF - Google Patents

INHIBITORS OF SARM1 NADase ACTIVITY AND USES THEREOF Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018057989A1
WO2018057989A1 PCT/US2017/053098 US2017053098W WO2018057989A1 WO 2018057989 A1 WO2018057989 A1 WO 2018057989A1 US 2017053098 W US2017053098 W US 2017053098W WO 2018057989 A1 WO2018057989 A1 WO 2018057989A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sarml
nad
accordance
nadase
fragment
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2017/053098
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jeffrey Milbrandt
Kow ESSUMAN
Yo Sasaki
Aaron Diantonio
Xianrong MAO
Rajesh Devraj
Raul Eduardo Krauss
Robert Owen Hughes
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
University of Washington
Washington University in St Louis WUSTL
Disarm Therapeutics Inc
Original Assignee
University of Washington
Washington University in St Louis WUSTL
Disarm Therapeutics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by University of Washington, Washington University in St Louis WUSTL, Disarm Therapeutics Inc filed Critical University of Washington
Priority to CA3037884A priority Critical patent/CA3037884A1/en
Priority to US16/335,754 priority patent/US11253503B2/en
Priority to EP17778153.1A priority patent/EP3515426A1/en
Priority to CN201780072662.1A priority patent/CN110545804A/en
Priority to JP2019537755A priority patent/JP7044789B2/en
Publication of WO2018057989A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018057989A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to US17/508,321 priority patent/US11903935B2/en
Priority to US18/406,825 priority patent/US20240238264A1/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/045Hydroxy compounds, e.g. alcohols; Salts thereof, e.g. alcoholates
    • A61K31/047Hydroxy compounds, e.g. alcohols; Salts thereof, e.g. alcoholates having two or more hydroxy groups, e.g. sorbitol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/145Amines having sulfur, e.g. thiurams (>N—C(S)—S—C(S)—N< and >N—C(S)—S—S—C(S)—N<), Sulfinylamines (—N=SO), Sulfonylamines (—N=SO2)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A61K31/19Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
    • A61K31/195Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group
    • A61K31/197Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group the amino and the carboxyl groups being attached to the same acyclic carbon chain, e.g. gamma-aminobutyric acid [GABA], beta-alanine, epsilon-aminocaproic acid or pantothenic acid
    • A61K31/198Alpha-amino acids, e.g. alanine or edetic acid [EDTA]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/28Compounds containing heavy metals
    • A61K31/29Antimony or bismuth compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/28Compounds containing heavy metals
    • A61K31/305Mercury compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/38Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/382Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom having six-membered rings, e.g. thioxanthenes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425Thiazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/437Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a five-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. indolizine, beta-carboline
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4375Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a six-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring heteroatom, e.g. quinolizines, naphthyridines, berberine, vincamine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/444Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring heteroatom, e.g. amrinone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4535Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a heterocyclic ring having sulfur as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pizotifen
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/473Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. acridines, phenanthridines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/565Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids not substituted in position 17 beta by a carbon atom, e.g. estrane, estradiol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/565Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids not substituted in position 17 beta by a carbon atom, e.g. estrane, estradiol
    • A61K31/566Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids not substituted in position 17 beta by a carbon atom, e.g. estrane, estradiol having an oxo group in position 17, e.g. estrone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/60Salicylic acid; Derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7048Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having oxygen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. leucoglucosan, hesperidin, erythromycin, nystatin, digitoxin or digoxin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7084Compounds having two nucleosides or nucleotides, e.g. nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide, flavine-adenine dinucleotide
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K33/00Medicinal preparations containing inorganic active ingredients
    • A61K33/24Heavy metals; Compounds thereof
    • A61K33/243Platinum; Compounds thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K33/00Medicinal preparations containing inorganic active ingredients
    • A61K33/24Heavy metals; Compounds thereof
    • A61K33/245Bismuth; Compounds thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K33/00Medicinal preparations containing inorganic active ingredients
    • A61K33/24Heavy metals; Compounds thereof
    • A61K33/28Mercury; Compounds thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K33/00Medicinal preparations containing inorganic active ingredients
    • A61K33/24Heavy metals; Compounds thereof
    • A61K33/30Zinc; Compounds thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/52Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an inorganic compound, e.g. an inorganic ion that is complexed with the active ingredient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/55Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound the modifying agent being also a pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent, i.e. the entire conjugate being a codrug
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/02Muscle relaxants, e.g. for tetanus or cramps
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16Otologicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/02Nutrients, e.g. vitamins, minerals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00General protective or antinoxious agents
    • A61P39/02Antidotes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/70596Molecules with a "CD"-designation not provided for elsewhere
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/24Hydrolases (3) acting on glycosyl compounds (3.2)
    • C12N9/2497Hydrolases (3) acting on glycosyl compounds (3.2) hydrolysing N- glycosyl compounds (3.2.2)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/34Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/20Fusion polypeptide containing a tag with affinity for a non-protein ligand
    • C07K2319/21Fusion polypeptide containing a tag with affinity for a non-protein ligand containing a His-tag
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/20Fusion polypeptide containing a tag with affinity for a non-protein ligand
    • C07K2319/22Fusion polypeptide containing a tag with affinity for a non-protein ligand containing a Strep-tag
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/20Fusion polypeptide containing a tag with affinity for a non-protein ligand
    • C07K2319/23Fusion polypeptide containing a tag with affinity for a non-protein ligand containing a GST-tag
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/70Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • This application relates to various compounds and compositions, and methods, useful for inhibition of SARMl NADase activity and/or treating a neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder.
  • Axonal degeneration is a hallmark of several neurological disorders including peripheral neuropathy, traumatic brain injury, and neurodegenerative diseases (Gerdts et al, SARMl activation triggers axon degeneration locally via NAD(+) destruction. Science 348 2016, pp. 453-457, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • axonal degeneration is an early event, preceding symptom onset and widespread neuronal loss (Kurowska et al, 2017; Fischer et al., Axonal degeneration in motor neuron disease Neurodegener . Dis. 4 2007 pp. 431-442; both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties).
  • the present disclosure provides enzyme(s) as therapeutic target(s) for many neurological disorders that involve axon degeneration or axonopathy.
  • the present disclosure provides assays for identifying and/or characterizing SARMl inhibitor.
  • the present disclosure provides certain vector constructs and polypeptides for use in these assays, including SAM- TIR in which the SARMl N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain is deleted, as well as tagged versions of the TIR domain.
  • the present disclosure provides compositions comprising a polypeptide and a solid support which is used for screening SARM1 NADase inhibitors.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of using SARMl NADase inhibitors to treat, prevent or ameliorate axonal degeneration, axonopathies and neurological diseases and disorders that involve axonal degeneration.
  • the present disclosure provides inhibitors of SARMl NADase.
  • such compounds inhibit axonal degeneration, including axonal degeneration that results from reduction or depletion of NAD.
  • the present disclosure encompasses the recognition that Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine Dinucleotide (NHD) is useful as an inhibitor of SARMl NADase activity.
  • NAD Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine Dinucleotide
  • the present disclosure provides methods of treating a neuropathy or axonopathy associated with axonal degeneration.
  • a neuropathy or axonopathy associated with axonal degeneration is selected from hereditary or congenital neuropathies or axonopathies.
  • a neuropathy or axonopathy associated with axonal degeneration is selected from or associated with Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Herpes infection, diabetes, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, a demyelinating disease, ischemia or stroke, chemical injury, thermal injury, and AIDS.
  • a neuropathy or axonopathy associated with axonal degeneration is selected from Parkinson's disease or non-Parkinson's diseases, and Alzheimer's disease.
  • inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity have the general formula I A or formula I B :
  • inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity have the general formula I or formula I :
  • inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity are selected from
  • Compounds provided by this disclosure are also useful for the study of SARM1 NADase activity in biological and pathological phenomena; the study of intracellular signal transduction pathways occurring in lipogenic tissues; and the comparative evaluation of new SARM1 NADase activity inhibitors in vitro or in vivo.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates the structure of the SARM1 protein.
  • FIG. 2A-F illustrate that native SARM1-TIR protein complex cleaves NAD+ in an in vitro assay.
  • FIG. 2A illustrates selected pathways of NAD+ synthesis and degradation.
  • FIG. 2B illustrates a procedure for detecting NADase activity and its inhibition.
  • FIG. 2C illustrates NADase activity of StrepTag-hSARMl-TIR.
  • FIG. 2D illustrates that wild type SARMl-TIR complexes do not degrade NaAD.
  • FIG. 2E illustrates an NAD+ reaction time course of human SARMl-TIR G601P, TLR4-TIR, and MyD88-TIR laden beads in in-vitro NADase assay (normalized to control at 0 min).
  • FIG. 2F illustrates representative SYPRO Ruby gel of SARMl-TIR G601P, TLR4-TIR, and MyD88-TIR laden beads used in assay.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates that a NRK1 -HEK293T stable line with NR supplementation maintains higher NAD+ levels upon SARMl-TIR expression.
  • FIG. 4A-E illustrates cleavage of NAD+ by a cell lysate comprising SARM1 SAM- TIR.
  • FIG. 4A illustrates HPLC traces showing changes over time in levels of ADPR, NAM+ and NAD+.
  • FIG. 4B illustrates HPLC traces showing that NADase activity is not exhibited in control lysates.
  • FIG. 4C illustrates quantitative values of NAD+ and ADPR of HPLC traces of FIG. 4A.
  • FIG. 4D illustrates dose-dependent cleavage of NAD+ by SARM1 SAM-TIR lysate.
  • FIG. 4E illustrates quantitation of NAD+/ADPR ratio by SAM-TIR lysate and control.
  • FIG. 5A-B illustrates a screen of candidate SAM-TIR NADase inhibitors from the NCI diversity IV compound library.
  • FIG. 5A illustrates a primary screen of all 1600 compounds from the NCI diversity IV compound library.
  • FIG. 5B illustrates re-testing of 20 positive "hits" from the primary screen.
  • FIG. 6A-C illustrates structures of 18 compounds that suppress SAM TIR NADase activity. NSC numbers are shown.
  • FIG. 7A-D illustrates an NAD+ cycling assay as an additional screening assay for SAM-TIR NADase inhibitors.
  • FIG. 7A illustrates that SAM-TIR lysate (STL) but not control (con) lysate decreases NAD+, as determined by a NAD+ Glo assay.
  • FIG. 7B illustrates robustness of the assay.
  • FIG. 7C illustrates that most hits identified in the initial HPLC assay (14/18) showed significant inhibition of SAM-TIR NADase activity in a NAD+-Glo assay.
  • FIG. 7D illustrates NADase inhibitory activity of two compounds.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates in vitro NAD+ cleavage by SARMl TIR protein expressed and purified from bacteria.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates that NAD+ consumption rate is increased after axotomy in wt axons.
  • FIG. lOA-C illustrates the effect of candidate inhibitors on axon degeneration.
  • FIG. 10A illustrates testing of effects of compounds on axon degeneration index.
  • FIG. 10B illustrates preventative effects of compound NSC622608 on axonal degeneration.
  • FIG. IOC illustrates dose dependent inhibition of axon degeneration by compound NSC622608.
  • FIG. 11A-G illustrates that NAD+ cleavage enzymatic activity is intrinsic to SARMl- TIR.
  • FIG. 11A illustrates endogenous NAD+ levels in bacteria after IPTG induction of human SARMl-TIR.
  • FIG. 11B illustrates in vitro NAD+ cleavage reaction by human SARMl-TIR protein expressed and purified from bacteria.
  • FIG. 11C illustrates that bacterially expressed mouse and zebrafish SARMl-TIR proteins cleave NAD+ in the in vitro assay.
  • FIG. 11D illustrates a SYPRO Ruby gel of SARMl-TIR laden beads purified from bacteria used in NADase assay.
  • FIG. 1 IE illustrates a time course of NAD+ cleavage reaction using bacterially synthesized human SARMl-TIR, purified by TAP, and subjected to 1M and 2M NaCl washes during purification (normalized to control at 0 min).
  • FIG. 1 IF illustrates a time course of NAD+ cleavage reaction using bacterially synthesized human SARMl-TIR, purified by TAP, and subjected to either 0.5% Triton X-100 or 0.5% Tween-20 washes during purification (normalized to control at 0 min).
  • FIG. 11G illustrates a reaction time course of purified components of the cell-free protein transcription/translation system incubated with NAD+ and non-recombinant plasmid.
  • FIGS. 12A-M illustrate characterization of the SARMl-TIR NAD+ cleavage reaction.
  • FIG. 12A-E depict HPLC chromatograms showing NAD+ cleavage products of human and Drosophila SARMl-TIR. Retention time: Nam t ⁇ 2.40 min; cADPR at t ⁇ 0.85 min; ADPR at t ⁇ l.10 min.
  • FIG. 12H illustrates HPLC chromatograms showing that mouse and zebrafish SARMl-TIR NAD+ cleavage reaction generate Nam and ADPR as major products, and cADPR as a minor product.
  • FIG. 121 illustrates that kinetic assays of the SARMl-TIR enzyme revealed saturation kinetics.
  • FIG. 12J illustrates that ADPR does not inhibit SARMl- TIR NADase activity.
  • FIG. 12K illustrates that Nam inhibits SARMl-TIR enzymatic activity.
  • FIG. 12L illustrates Nam dose response inhibition of SARMl-TIR enzymatic activity.
  • FIG. 12M illustrates SARMl is the axonal NADase.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates that Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine dinucleotide (NHD) inhibits SARMl TIR NAD+ cleavage.
  • NAD Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine dinucleotide
  • FIG. 14 illustrates that Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine dinucleotide (NHD) is a substrate for the SARMl TIR enzyme.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates chemical structures of candidate analogs represented in the Table 1, Example 7.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates Amino acid sequence alignment of SARMl-TIR with MilB Cytidine 5' Monophosphate (CMP) Hydrolase.
  • CMP catalytic glutamic acid is highlighted in red box and aligns to glutamic acid 642 in the SARMl-TIR domain.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates modeling of the SARMl-TIR domain on the crystal structure of CMP Hydrolase bound to CMP.
  • E642 aligns with a catalytic residue of CMP Hydrolase.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates NAD+ reaction timecourse of human SARMl-TIR E642A purified from cell-free protein translation system (normalized to control at 0 min).
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a SYPRO Ruby gel of SARMl-TIR E642A purified from a cell- free protein translation system.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates Venus expression of indicated constructs in DRG axons, co- stained for Tuj 1 to assess total axon area for each field.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates Venus expression of indicated constructs in DRG cell bodies, co- stained with Hoechst to assess total nuclei in each field.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates axonal NAD+ levels after axotomy (normalized to control at 0 hr). NC vector, SARMl WT, and SARMl E642A constructs were expressed in SARMl -/- DRG neurons, and levels of NAD+ were obtained at indicated timepoints after axotomy.
  • FIG. 23 illustrates axonal degeneration time course after axotomy, quantified as degeneration index (DI) where a DI of 0.35 (indicated by dotted line) or above represents degenerated axons.
  • DI degeneration index
  • FIG. 24 illustrates bright-field micrographs of axons expressing indicated constructs represented in FIG. 23.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates axonal degeneration time course after vincristine treatment, quantified as DI. Quantification data were generated from at least three independent biological experiments. Data are presented as mean ⁇ SEM; Error bars: SEM.*P ⁇ 0.05,
  • FIG. 26 illustrates bright-field micrographs of axons after vincristine treatment corresponding to selected groups in FIG. 25. Scale bar, 5 ⁇ .
  • FIG. 27 illustrates selected pathways of NAD+ synthesis and degradation including SARMl as a NAD+-consuming enzyme.
  • FIG. 28 illustrates SARMl -TIR NADase inhibition by members of the proton pump inhibitor family.
  • FIG. 29 shows a dose response curve for rabeprazole inhibition of SARMl -TIR NADase activity.
  • FIG. 30 shows a schematic of cell-free protein expression system.
  • FIG. 31 illustrates that human SARMl -TIR purified from a cell-free protein expression system cleaves NAD+ in NADase assay.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates a SYPRO Ruby gel of SARMl -TIR laden beads purified from a cell-free transcription/translation system.
  • FIGS. 33A and 33B depict the dose curves of SARMl NADase activity inhibition by compounds I A -2, I A -3, I A -6 and I A -8, whereby FIG. 33A shows % control of NAD consumption and FIG. 33B shows % control of ADPR production.
  • Figure 34 depicts dose curves of SARMl NADase activity inhibition by compounds I B -1 and I B -2.
  • Figure 35 depicts prevention of axonal degeneration by compound I -2 at intervals of 0 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours.
  • Figures 36A and 36B depict SEM micrographs of injured axons under degenerating conditions with (FIG. 36A) and without (FIG. 36B) exposure to compound I B -2.
  • Figures 37A-37D depict results from an in vitro assay of full-length SARMl .
  • Figure 37 A is a schematic showing SARMl domains and changes including dimerization of the TIR1 domain after injury.
  • AxD axonal degeneration.
  • Figure 37B illustrates HPLC traces showing levels of ADPR, NAM and NAD.
  • Figure 37C shows relative NADase activity of full-length SARM1 vs that of an active SARMl mutant (SAM-TIR).
  • Figure 37D shows relative NADase activity of full-length SARMl versus that of catalytically inactive mutant (FL-MTS SARMl (E642A)).
  • the Toll/Interleukin-1 receptor (TIR) domain is an evolutionarily conserved protein domain present in Toll-like receptors (TLR), and their cytosolic adaptor proteins, where as a scaffolding domain, it promotes innate immune signaling to protect hosts against invading pathogens (O'Neill, L.A., et al, Nat. Rev. Immunol, 2013, 13, 453-460).
  • SARMl Sterile Alpha and TIR motif-containing 1
  • SARMl belongs to the family of cytosolic adaptor proteins, but is unique among its members because it is the most evolutionary ancient adaptor, paradoxically inhibits TLR signaling, and was recently identified as the central executioner of an injury -induced axon death pathway (O'Neill, L.A.
  • Axon degeneration is a major component of several neurological diseases, such as but not limited to Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, ALS, Multiple sclerosis, diabetic peripheral neuropathy, chemotherapy -induced peripheral neuropathy, inherited neuropathy, traumatic brain injury, and glaucoma.
  • SARMl is the central executioner of the degenerative program.
  • Loss of SARMl blocks axon degeneration for weeks after injury (Osterloh, J.M., et al, Science, 2012, 337, 481-484; Gerdts, J., et al. J. Neurosci., 2013, 33, 13569-13580) and also improves functional outcomes in mice after traumatic brain injury (Henninger, N. et al., Brain 139, 2016, 1094-1105).
  • SARMl is also required for axon degeneration in chemotherapy -induced peripheral neuropathy; loss of SARMl blocks the development of chemotherapy -induced peripheral neuropathy, both halting axon degeneration and the development of heightened pain sensitivity after treatment with the chemotherapeutic vincristine (Geisler et al, Brain, 2016, 139, 3092-3108). Activation of SARMl on the other hand, is sufficient to induce axon degeneration in the absence of injury (Gerdts, J., et al, Science, 2015, 348, 453-457). SARMl also is required for axon degeneration in chemotherapy -induced peripheral neuropathy.
  • SARMl contains multiple conserved motifs including SAM domains, ARM/HEAT motifs and a TIR domain (FIG. 1) that mediate oligomerization and protein- protein interactions (O'Neill, L.A. & Bowie, A.G, Nat. Rev. Immunol., 2007, 7, 353-364; Tewari, R, et al, Trends Cell Biol., 2010, 20, 470-481; Qiao, F. & Bowie, J.U., Sci. STKE 2005, re7, 2005).
  • Dimerization of SARMl-TIR domains is sufficient to induce axonal degeneration and to rapidly trigger the degradation of NAD+, demonstrating that the NADase activity is either associated with or induced by dimerized SARMl-TIR domains.
  • TIR domains are common in signaling proteins functioning in innate immunity pathways where they serve as scaffolds for protein complexes (O'Neill, L.A. & Bowie, A.G, Nat. Rev. Immunol, 2007, 7, 353-364).
  • ADPR ADP ribose
  • an ADPR as mentioned herein is a cADPR, e.g., a cyclic ADPR.
  • SARMl signaling via enforced dimerization of its TIR domain, is sufficient to induce axonal degeneration in the absence of injury due to a catastrophic depletion of axonal NAD+ (Gerdts et al, SARMl activation triggers axon degeneration locally via NAD(+) destruction Science 348 2015 pp. 453-457).
  • NAD+ is a dinucleotide that is essential for many redox reactions, but it is also consumed by a variety of enzymes (e.g., PARPs, CD38, Sirtuins) where the resulting metabolites influence signaling pathways via their effects on calcium mobilization or protein parylation (Canto et al, 2015; Verdin, 2015).
  • PARPs e.g., PARPs, CD38, Sirtuins
  • the identity of the NADase enzyme(s) responding to SARMl activation and mediating NAD+ loss in injured axons has been unknown, although PARPl and CD38 were previously eliminated as candidates (Gerdts et al, 2015; Sasaki et al, 2009).
  • SARMl is not known to have enzymatic activity, nor have TIR domains from any protein ever been associated with enzymatic activity. TIR domains are rather known for their scaffolding properties in Toll-like Receptor signaling, where they activate downstream enzymes to regulate pro-inflammatory and defense genes (O'Neill et al, 2013).
  • TIR domain of SARMl acts as an enzyme to cleave NAD+, and that SARMl enzymatic activity promotes axonal NAD+ depletion and axon degeneration after both traumatic and vincristine induced axonal injuries.
  • the findings presented herein identify SARMl enzymatic activity as novel therapeutic targets against diseases characterized by axonal degeneration including peripheral neuropathy, traumatic brain injury, and neurodegenerative diseases. More broadly, the findings presented herein show that TIR domains can possess intrinsic enzymatic activity.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound of formula I A
  • X A is -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;
  • R 1A is hydrogen, C 1-4 aliphatic, alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium or N + (Ci_ 4alkyl) 4 ;
  • Ring A A is selected from a benzo fused ring and a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic fused ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
  • Ring B A is selected from phenyl, an 8-10 membered bi cyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
  • R tt and R YA are independently hydrogen, C 1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen, -OR A , -SR A , -N(R A ) 2 , -N(R A )C(0)R A , -C(0)N(R A ) 2 , -N(R A )C(0)N(R A ) 2 , - N(R A )C(0)OR A , -OC(0)N(R A ) 2 , -N(R A )S(0) 2 R A , -S(0) 2 N(R A ) 2 , -C(0)R A , -C(0)OR A , - OC(0)R A , -S(0)R A , -S(0) 2 R A , phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or
  • n A and n A are independently 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound of
  • X 1D and X iD are independently -0-, -S-, or -NR -, provided that one of X 1D and X ⁇ is -O- or
  • Y B is -N- or -CH-
  • each R 1B is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C aliphatic;
  • Ring A is selected from phenyl, an 8-10 membered bi cyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
  • each RTM is independently hydrogen, halogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci-6 aliphatic, a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic carbocyclic ring, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
  • each R B is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci-6 aliphatic, a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic carbocyclic ring, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
  • L B is a covalent bond, a Ci-6 membered straight or branched bivalent hydrocarbon chain, cyclopropylenyl, cyclobutylenyl, or oxetanylenyl;
  • n B is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • aliphatic or "aliphatic group”, as used herein, means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, or a monocyclic hydrocarbon or bicyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic (also referred to herein as "carbocycle,” “cycloaliphatic” or “cycloalkyl”), that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • aliphatic groups contain 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms.
  • aliphatic groups contain 1-5 aliphatic carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-4 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-3 aliphatic carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-2 aliphatic carbon atoms.
  • cycloaliphatic (or “carbocycle” or “cycloalkyl”) refers to a monocyclic C3-C6 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • Suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
  • alkyl refers to a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated, or a monocyclic hydrocarbon or bicyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated (also referred to herein as "cycloalkyl”) and which has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • alkyl groups contain 1-6 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, alkyl groups contain 1-5 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, alkyl groups contain 1-4 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl groups contain 1-3 carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, alkyl groups contain 1-2 carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic C3-C6 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated and has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • lower alkyl refers to a C1-4 straight or branched alkyl group.
  • exemplary lower alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tert- butyl.
  • lower haloalkyl refers to a Ci -4 straight or branched alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • heteroatom means one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon; the quatemized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), ⁇ (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR + (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl)).
  • Ci-g or Ci- ⁇ saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain
  • bivalent Ci-g or Ci- ⁇ saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain
  • alkylene refers to a bivalent alkyl group.
  • An "alkylene chain” is a polymethylene group, i.e., -(CH 2 ) n -, wherein n is a positive integer, preferably from 1 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, or from 2 to 3.
  • a substituted alkylene chain is a polymethylene group in which one or more methylene hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
  • alkenylene refers to a bivalent alkenyl group.
  • a substituted alkenylene chain is a polymethylene group containing at least one double bond in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
  • halogen means F, CI, Br, or I.
  • aryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl,” “aralkoxy,” or “aryloxyalkyl,” refers to monocyclic or bicyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members.
  • aryl may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring.”
  • aryl refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic ring system having a total of five to ten ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains three to seven ring members.
  • aryl refers to an aromatic ring system which includes, but not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl and the like, which may bear one or more substituents. Also included within the scope of the term “aryl,” as it is used herein, is a group in which an aromatic ring is fused to one or more non-aromatic rings, such as indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like.
  • heteroaryl and “heteroar-,” used alone or as part of a larger moiety e.g., “heteroaralkyl,” or “heteroaralkoxy,” refer to groups having 5 to 10 ring atoms, preferably 5, 6, or 9 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 ⁇ electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to carbon atoms, from one to five heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl may refer to a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl, and pteridinyl.
  • heteroaryl and “heteroar-”, as used herein, also include groups in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring.
  • Nonlimiting examples include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]-l,4-oxazin-3(4H)-one.
  • heteroaryl group may be mono- or bicyclic.
  • heteroaryl may be used interchangeably with the terms “heteroaryl ring,” “heteroaryl group,” or “heteroaromatic,” any of which terms include rings that are optionally substituted.
  • heteroarylkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl portions independently are optionally substituted.
  • heterocycle As used herein, the terms “heterocycle,” “heterocyclyl,” “heterocyclic radical,” and “heterocyclic ring” are used interchangeably and refer to a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or 7-10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moiety that is either saturated or partially unsaturated, and having, in addition to carbon atoms, one or more, preferably one to four, heteroatoms, as defined above.
  • nitrogen includes a substituted nitrogen.
  • the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), ⁇ (as in pyrrolidinyl), or ⁇ NR (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
  • a heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure and any of the ring atoms can be optionally substituted.
  • saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic radicals include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, and quinuclidinyl.
  • heterocycle refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl and heterocyclyl portions independently are optionally substituted.
  • the term “measurably inhibit” refers to a measurable change in SARMl NADase activity between a sample comprising a provided compound or composition, and SARMl NADase and an equivalent sample comprising SARMl NADase in the absence of a provided composition or composition.
  • a compound or composition "measurably inhibits" SARMl NADase activity by at least 2-fold, 3-fold, 4- fold, or greater as compared to the control.
  • a compound or composition "measurably inhibits" SARM1 NADase activity by at least 10%, 20%, 25%, 50%, 75% or more as compared to control.
  • partially unsaturated refers to a ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond.
  • partially unsaturated is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aryl or heteroaryl moieties, as herein defined.
  • compounds of the present disclosure may contain "optionally substituted” moieties.
  • substituted whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent.
  • an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
  • Combinations of substituents envisioned by this disclosure are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds.
  • stable refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
  • Suitable monovalent substituents on R° are independently halogen, -(CH 2 ) 0 2 R*, -(haloR*), -(CH 2 ) 0 2 OH, -(CH 2 ) 0 2 OR*, -(CH 2 ) 0 2 CH(OR*) 2 , -O(haloR'), -CN, -N 3 , -(CH 2 ) 0 2 C(0)R*, -(CH 2 ) 0 2 C(0)OH, -(CH 2 ) 0 2 C(0)OR*, -(CH 2 )o 2 SR*, -(CH 2 )o 2 SH, -(CH 2 ) 0 2 NH 2 , -(CH 2 ) 0 2 NHR*, -(CH 2 ) 0 2 NR* 2 , - N0 2 , -SiR*
  • Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an "optionally substituted” group include: -0(CR* 2 ) 2 _ 3 0-, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, -R*, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -O(haloR'), -CN, -C(0)OH, -C(0)OR*, -NH 2 , -NHR*, -
  • each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently Ci ⁇ aliphatic, -CH 2 Ph, -O(CH 2 ) 0 iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an "optionally substituted" group include -R ⁇ , -NR ⁇ 2 , -C(0)R ⁇ , -C(0)OR ⁇ , -C(0)C(0)R ⁇ , C(0)CH 2 C(0)R ⁇ , -S(0) 2 R ⁇ , -S(0) 2 NR ⁇ 2 , -C(S)NR ⁇ 2 , -C(NH)NR ⁇ 2 , or -N(R ⁇ )S(0) 2 R ⁇ ; wherein each R ⁇ is independently hydrogen, Ci_6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted -OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R ⁇ , taken together with their intervening atom(s
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R ⁇ are independently halogen, -R*, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -O(haloR'), -CN, -C(0)OH, -C(0)OR*, -NH 2 , -NHR*, -
  • each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently Ci ⁇ aliphatic, -CH 2 Ph, -O(CH 2 ) 0 iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al, describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this disclosure include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid
  • organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2- naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate
  • Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (Ci_ 4 alkyl) 4 salts.
  • Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
  • Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, Z and E double bond isomers, and Z and E conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the present disclosure. Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the present disclosure are within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms.
  • compounds having the present structures including the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a C- or 14 C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this disclosure.
  • Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools, as probes in biological assays, or as therapeutic agents in accordance with the present disclosure.
  • full-length when used to refer to SARMl, refers to a SARMl polypeptide that comprises at least: (i) the N-terminal autoinhibitory domain or a functional fragment thereof, (ii) one or more SAM domains or a functional fragment thereof, and (iii) a TIR domain or a functional fragment thereof, of a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity.
  • a full-length SARMl lacks a mitochondrial targeting sequence.
  • SARMl polypeptides comprising at least a functional fragment of a SARMl N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain, at least a functional fragment of one or more SAM domains, and at least a functional fragment of a SARMl TIR domain, wherein the SARMl polypeptide lacks a mitochondrial targeting sequence.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound of formula I A
  • a compound of formula I A is an inhibitor of SARMl NADase activity. It will be appreciated that certain compounds of formula I A are proton pump inhibitors.
  • X A is -S-, -SO- or -SO2-. In some embodiments, X A is -S-. In some embodiments, X A is -SO-. In some embodiments, X A is -S0 2 -.
  • R 1A is hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic, alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium or N + (Ci_4alkyl) 4 . It will be appreciated that when R 1A is hydrogen or Ci-4 aliphatic, R 1A is covalently bonded to the nitrogen atom in formula I A . It will further be appreciated that when R is an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium (i.e., NH 4 ) or N + (Ci ⁇ alkyl) 4 , R 1A is ionically associated with the nitrogen atom in formula I A . In some embodiments, R 1A is hydrogen or C 1-4 aliphatic.
  • R 1A is selected from an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium (i.e., NH 4 + ) or N + (Ci_ 4 alkyl) 4 .
  • R 1A is hydrogen.
  • R 1A is C 1-4 aliphatic.
  • R 1A is an alkali metal.
  • R 1A is sodium (Na + ).
  • R 1A is an alkaline earth metal.
  • R 1A is ammonium.
  • R 1A is N + (Ci_ 4 alkyl) 4 .
  • the Ring A A group of formula I A is a benzo fused ring or a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic fused ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • Ring A A is a benzo fused ring.
  • Ring A A is a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic fused ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • Ring A A is a 6 membered heteroaromatic fused ring having 1-2 nitrogens.
  • Ring A A is a pyrido fused ring, a pyrimidino fused ring, pyridazino or pyrazino fused ring. In some embodiments, Ring A A is a triazino fused ring. In some embodiments, Ring A A is a 5 membered heteroaromatic fused ring containing 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • Ring A A is a pyrrolo fused ring, a thiopheno fused ring, a furano fused ring, a thiazolofused ring, an isothiazolo fused ring, an imidazolo fused ring, a pyrazolo fused ring, an oxazolo fused ring, or an isoxazolo fused ring.
  • the Ring B A group of formula I A is selected from phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Ring B A is aryl.
  • Ring B A is phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl or anthracyl.
  • Ring B A is indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl. In some embodiments, Ring B A is heteroaryl.
  • Ring B A is thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl or pteridinyl.
  • R XA and R YA are independently hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen, -OR A , -SR A , -N(R A ) 2 , - N(R A )C(0)R A , -C(0)N(R A ) 2 , -N(R A )C(0)N(R A ) 2 , -N(R A )C(0)OR A , -OC(0)N(R A ) 2 , - N(R A )S(0) 2 R A , -S(0) 2 N(R A ) 2 , -C(0)R A , -C(0)OR A , -OC(0)R A , -S(0)R A , -S(0) 2 R A , phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected
  • R XA and R YA are the same. In some embodiments, R 14 and R YA are both hydrogen. In some embodiments, R XA and R YA are both C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen. In some embodiments, R XA and R YA are both -OR A . In some embodiments, R XA and R YA are both aryl. In some embodiments, R XA and R YA are both heteroaryl.
  • R XA and R YA are different.
  • R XA is hydrogen and R YA is C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen and/or -OR A .
  • R XA is -OR A and R YA is C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen.
  • R XA is aryl and R YA is -OR A and/or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen.
  • R XA is heteroaryl and R YA is -OR A and/or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen.
  • m A and n A are independently 0, 1, 2, or 3. In some embodiments, m A and n A are the same. In some embodiments, m A and n A are both zero. In some embodiments, m A and n A are both one. In some embodiments, m A and n A are both two. In some embodiments, m A and n A are both three.
  • m A and n A are different. In some embodiments, m A is zero and n A is one, two or three. In some embodiments, m A is one and n A is zero, two or three. In some embodiments, m A is two and n A is zero, one or three. In some embodiments, m A is three and n A is zero, one or two. In some embodiments, m A is one, two or three and n A is zero. In some embodiments, m A is zero, two or three and n A is one. In some embodiments, m A is zero, one or three and n A is two. In some embodiments, m A is zero, one or two and n A is three. In some embodiments, m A is one and n A is two or three. In some embodiments, m A is one and n A is three. In some embodiments, m A is one and n A is two or three. In some embodiments, m A is one and n A is two or three. In some
  • n A is one and R XA is -OCH 3 . In some embodiments, n A is one and R is -OCHF 2 . In some embodiments, n is one and R is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring. In some such embodiments, n A is one and R XA is pyrrolyl. In some embodiments, n A is one and R XA is -OR A . In some such embodiments, R A is optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, n A is one and R XA is -OR A , wherein R A is Ci-6 aliphatic substituted with phenyl.
  • m A is two and each R YA is independently selected from - OR A and C 1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen.
  • one R YA is -CH 3 and the other R YA is -OCH 3 .
  • one R YA is -CH 3 and the other R YA is -OCH 2 CF 3 .
  • m A is two and each R YA is -OCH 3 .
  • m A is two and each R YA is selected from -OR A and C 1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen, wherein R A is C 1-6 aliphatic substituted with -(CH 2 )o- 4 0R°.
  • R A is C 1-6 aliphatic substituted with -(CH 2 )o- 4 0R°.
  • one R YA is -CH 3 and the other R YA is -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 .
  • m A is three and each R YA is independently selected from - OR A and C 1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen.
  • one R YA is -OCH 3 and two R YA are -CH 3 .
  • one R YA is -OCH 2 CF 3 and two R YA are -CH 3 .
  • Ring A A is selected from the Ring A A groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 A , below.
  • Ring B A is selected from the Ring B A groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 A , below.
  • R XA is selected from the R XA groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 A , below.
  • R YA is selected from the R YA groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 A , below.
  • X A is selected from the X A groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 A , below.
  • the compounds of formula I A are selected from those depicted in Table 1 A , below.In some embodiments, the compounds of formula I A are selected from the compounds in Table 1 A :
  • X A is -SO-.
  • n A is 0 or 1 and m A is 2 or 3.
  • R 1A is hydrogen, C 1-4 aliphatic or an alkali metal.
  • R 1A is hydrogen, methyl or sodium.
  • R YA is hydrogen, Ci-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen or -OR A ; and R A is optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic.
  • R YA is hydrogen, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CF 3 or -0(CH 2 ) 3 0CH 3 .
  • R XA is hydrogen, -OR A , or heteroaryl; and R A is optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic or benzyl. In some embodiments, R is hydrogen, - OCH 3 , -OCHCF 2 , pyrrolyl or -OCH 2 -phenyl.
  • Ring A A is an arylo fused ring and Ring B A is a heteroaryl ring.
  • Ring A A is a benzo fused ring and Ring B A is a pyridyl ring.
  • Ring A A is a heteroaromatic fused ring and Ring B A is a heteroaryl ring.
  • Ring A A is selected from the group consisting of a pyrido fused ring, a pyrimidino fused ring, a pyridazino fused ring, pyrazino fused ring, a triazino fused ring, a pyrrolo fused ring, a thiopheno fused ring, a furano fused ring, a thiazolofused ring, an isothiazolo fused ring, an imidazolo fused ring, a pyrazolo fused ring, an oxazolo fused ring and an isoxazolo fused ring.
  • Ring B A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl, anthracyl, indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound of formula I :
  • X 1B and X za are independently -0-, -S-, or— NR. -
  • X 1B and X 2B are the same. In some embodiments, X 1B and X 2B are different. In some embodiments, X 1B and X 2B are -S-. In some embodiments, X 1B is -S- and X 2B is -0-. In some embodiments, X 1B is -O- and X 2B is -S-. In some embodiments, X 1B and
  • X are selected from the X and X groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 , below.
  • Y B is -N- or -CH-. In some embodiments, Y B is -
  • Y B is -CH-. In some embodiments, Y B is selected from the Y B groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 B , below.
  • R 1B is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R 1B is the same. In some embodiments, each R 1B is different. In some embodiments, each R 1B is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each R 1B is optionally substituted C 1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, one R 1B is hydrogen and the other is optionally substituted C 1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R 1B is selected from the R 1B groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 B , below.
  • Ring A B is phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Ring A B is aryl.
  • Ring A B is phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl or anthracyl.
  • Ring A B is indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl. In some embodiments, Ring A B is heteroaryl.
  • Ring A B is thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl or pteridinyl.
  • Ring A B is selected from the Ring A B groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 B , below.
  • each RTM is independently hydrogen, halogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C 1-6 aliphatic, a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic carbocyclic ring, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • each R XB is the same. In some embodiments, each RTM is different. In some embodiments, R XB is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RTM is halogen. In some embodiments, R XB is optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, RTM is aryl. In some embodiments, RTM is phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl or anthracyl. In some embodiments, RTM is indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl. In some embodiments, R XB is heteroaryl.
  • R XB is thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl or pteridinyl.
  • RTM is selected from the RTM groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 B , below.
  • L B is a covalent bond, a Ci-6 membered straight or branched bivalent hydrocarbon chain, cyclopropylenyl, cyclobutylenyl, or oxetanylenyl.
  • L B is a covalent bond.
  • L B is a Ci-6 membered straight or branched bivalent hydrocarbon chain.
  • L B is cyclopropylenyl.
  • L B is cyclobutylenyl.
  • L B is oxetanylenyl.
  • L B is -C(CH 3 ) 2 -.
  • L B is -CH 2 -. In some embodiments, L B is -CH(CH 3 )-. In some embodiments, L B is -CH(CH 3 )- with (S) configuration at the chiral center. In some embodiments, L B is -CH(CH 3 )- with an (R) configuration at the chiral center. In some embodiments, L B is selected from the L B groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 B , below.
  • n B is 0-4. In some embodiments, n B is 0. In some embodiments, n B is 1. In some embodiments, n B is 2. In some embodiments, n B is 3. In some embodiments, n B is 4. [00117] In some embodiments, the compounds of formula I are selected from the compounds in Table 1 B :
  • X and X are -S- and Y is -N-.
  • R 1B is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R 1B is hydrogen or methyl.
  • L B is a covalent bond or a C 1-6 membered straight or branched bivalent hydrocarbon chain. In some embodiments, L B is a covalent bond or a methylene group.
  • R XB is hydrogen, halogen or optionally substituted C 1-4 aliphatic.
  • RTM is hydrogen or -CI.
  • Ring A B is aryl or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring A B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl and anthracyl. In some embodiments, Ring A B is selected from the group consisting of indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridiny
  • the present disclosure provides a compound of formula I c :
  • X c is N or C
  • R 1C is H, C 1 -C 5 alkyl, C 1 -C 5 alkoxy, or C 1 -C 5 haloalkoxy;
  • R 2C is C 1 -C 5 alkyl or C 1 -C 5 alkoxy
  • R is C 1 -C 10 alkyl, C 1 -C 10 haloalkyl or an ether
  • R 4C is H, C 1 -C 5 alkyl or C 1 -C 5 alkoxy.
  • X c is N. In some embodiments, X c is C.
  • R is H. In some embodiments, R is C 1 -C 5 alkyl, C 1 -C 5 alkoxy, or C 1 -C 5 haloalkoxy.
  • R is C 1 -C 5 alkyl. In some such embodiments, R is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl.
  • R is C 1 -C 5 alkoxy. In some such embodiments, R is - OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, or -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 1C is C 1 -C 5 haloalkoxy. In some embodiments, R 1C is Ci- C5 fluoroalkoxy. In some such embodiments, R 1C is fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluoroethoxy, difluoroethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy. In some embodiments, R 1C is -OCH2F, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH2CH2F, -OCH2CHF2, or -OCH2CF3.
  • R is C 1 -C 5 alkyl. In some such embodiments, R is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl.
  • R is C 1 -C 5 alkoxy. In some such embodiments, R is - OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, or -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 3C is C 1 -C 10 alkyl. In some such embodiments, R 3C is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl.
  • R is C 1 -C 10 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R is
  • R is fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, or trifluoroethyl.
  • R is - CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, or -CH 2 CF 3 .
  • R 3C is an ether. In some such embodiments, R 3C is methoxypropyl (i.e., -CH2CH2CH2OCH 3 ).
  • R 4C is H. In some embodiments, R 4C is C 1 -C 5 alkyl. In some such embodiments, R is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl.
  • R is C 1 -C 5 alkoxy. In some such embodiments, R is - OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, or -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • the compounds of formula I are selected from the compounds in Table l c :
  • pantoprazole is in the form of a sodium salt:
  • rabeprazole is in the form of a sodium salt:
  • esomeprazole is in the form of a magnesium hydrate:
  • the present disclosure provides a compound of formula I D :
  • R 1D and R 2D are each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 5 alkyl, C 1 -C 5 alkoxy, C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl,or C 1 -C 5 haloalkoxy;
  • n D is an integer from 1 to 5.
  • R 1D and R 2D are the same. In some embodiments, each of R 1D and R 2D is hydrogen.
  • R 1D and R 2D are different.
  • R 1D is hydrogen and R 2D is C 1 -C 5 alkyl.
  • R 1D is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl. In some embodiments, R 1D is selected from -OCH3, -OCH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , or - OCH(CH 3 ) 2 . In some embodiments, R 1D is selected from fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, or trifluoroethyl.
  • R 1D is selected from -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , - CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 or -CH 2 CF 3 .
  • R 1D is selected from fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluoroethoxy, difluoroethoxy, or trifluoroethoxy.
  • R 1D is selected from -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 F, -OCH 2 CHF 2 , or -OCH 2 CF 3 .
  • R 2D is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl. In some embodiments, R 2D is selected from -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , or - OCH(CH 3 ) 2 . In some embodiments, R 2D is selected from fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, or trifluoroethyl.
  • R 2D is selected from -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , - CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 or -CH 2 CF 3 .
  • R is selected from fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluoroethoxy, difiuoroethoxy, or trifiuoroethoxy.
  • R 2D is selected from -OCH2F, -OCHF2, -OCF 3 , -OCH2CH2F, -OCH2CHF2, or -OCH 2 CF 3 .
  • n D is 1-2. In some embodiments, n D is 1. In some embodiments, n D is 2. In some embodiments, n D is 3. In some embodiments, n D is 4. In some embodiments, n D is 5.
  • a SARM1 NADase inhibitor is selected from the compounds in Table 2:
  • a SARMl NADase inhibitor is selected from the group of compounds in Table 3:
  • the compounds of any of Formula I , Formula I , Formula I and Formula I are administered as part of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
  • the compounds of any of Formula I , Formula I , Formula I and Formula I D are administered orally. In some embodiments, the compounds of any of Formula I A , Formula I B , Formula I c and Formula I D are administered in a range of 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight of the patient.
  • the neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder is associated with axonal degeneration, axonal damage, axonopathy, a demyelinating disease, a central pontine myelinolysis, a nerve injury disease or disorder, a metabolic disease, a mitochondrial disease, metabolic axonal degeneration, axonal damage resulting from a leukoencephalopathy or a leukodystrophy.
  • the neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of spinal cord injury, stroke, multiple sclerosis, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, congenital hypomyelination, encephalomyelitis, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, central pontine myelolysis, osmotic hyponatremia, hypoxic demyelination, ischemic demyelination, adrenoleukodystrophy, Alexander's disease, Niemann-Pick disease, Pelizaeus Merzbacher disease, periventricular leukomalacia, globoid cell leukodystrophy (Krabbe's disease), Wallerian degeneration, optic neuritis, transverse myelitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS, Lou Gehrig's disease), Huntington's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Tay-Sacks disease, Gaucher's disease, Hurler Syndrome, traumatic brain
  • the present disclosure provides any compound selected from those depicted in Table 1 A , above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the inhibition of SARM1 NADase activity.
  • the compounds shown in Table 1 A are known proton pump inhibitors, such as: omeprazole (compound I A -1); lansoprazole (compound I A -2); dexlansoprazole (compound I A -3); esomeprazole (compound I A -4); pantoprazole (compound I A -5); rabeprazole (compound I A -6); ilaprazole (compound I A -7); tenatoprazole (compound I A -8); lansoprazole sulfide (compound I A -9); lansoprazole sulfone (compound I A -10); N- methyl omeprazole (compound I A -11); 5-benzyloxy omeprazole (compound I A -1); omeprazol
  • the present disclosure provides any compound selected from those depicted in Table 1 B , above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the inhibition of SARMl NADase activity.
  • the present disclosure provides any compound selected from those depicted in Table 1 , above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the inhibition of SARMl NADase activity.
  • the present disclosure provides any compound selected from those depicted in Table 2, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the inhibition of SARMl NADase activity.
  • the present disclosure provides any compound selected from those depicted in Table 3, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the inhibition of SARMl NADase activity.
  • the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound selected from any of Tables 1 A , 1 B , I c , 2, or 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compounds of formula I A may be prepared according to the steps and intermediates (e.g., Scheme 1 A ) described below and in the '552 patent and EP '256.
  • compounds of the present disclosure of formula I A are generally prepared according to Scheme 1 A set forth below:
  • the compounds described by formula I herein may be prepared or isolated in general by synthetic and/or semi-synthetic methods known to those skilled in the art for analogous compounds and by methods described in detail in the Examples, herein.
  • the compounds described by formula I B herein may be synthesized according to WO 2006/084854, filed February 8, 2006 and published on August 17, 2006 ("WO '854," the entirety of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference), describes compounds of formula I B and their synthesis.
  • Also describing synthesis of the compounds of formula I B are Oliver et al, J. Org. Chem, vol. 39, No. 15, 1974, pp. 2225-2228 and Pandeya et al, Pharmaceutical Research, vol. 4, No. 4, 1987, pp. 321-326 (the entireties of both which are hereby incorporated herein by reference).
  • the compounds of formula I may be prepared according to the steps and intermediates (e.g., Scheme 1 B ) described below and in WO '854.
  • compounds of the present disclosure of formula I B are generally prepared according to Scheme 1 B set forth below:
  • the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a compound of formula I A , formula I B , formula I c , or formula I D , or any
  • the amount of compound in compositions of this disclosure is such that is effective to measurably inhibit SARM1 NADase activity and/or treat a neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder, in a biological sample or in a patient.
  • compositions provided herein contain and/or deliver an amount of a compound of formula I A , formula I B , formula I c , or formula I D , or any compound selected from Tables 1 A , 1 B , l c , 2 and 3 that is effective to measurably inhibit SARM1 NADase activity in a biological sample.
  • compositions provided herein contain and/or deliver an amount of a compound of formula I A , formula I B , formula I c , or formula I D , A B C
  • a composition of this disclosure is formulated for administration to a patient in need of such composition. In some embodiments, a composition of this disclosure is formulated for oral administration to a patient.
  • patient means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
  • compositions of this disclosure refers to a non-toxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that does not destroy the pharmacological activity of the compound with which it is formulated.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles that may be used in the compositions of this disclosure include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose- based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxy
  • a "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative” means any non-toxic salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this disclosure that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this disclosure or an inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof.
  • inhibitors as used herein, the term "inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of SARM1 NADase activity.
  • compositions of the present disclosure may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
  • the compositions are administered orally, intraperitoneally or intravenously.
  • sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this disclosure may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides.
  • Fatty acids such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions.
  • These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents that are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions.
  • Other commonly used surfactants such as Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
  • compositions of this disclosure may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions.
  • carriers commonly used include lactose and corn starch.
  • lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added.
  • useful diluents include lactose and dried cornstarch.
  • the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents.
  • certain sweetening, flavoring or coloring agents may also be added.
  • compositions of this disclosure may be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These can be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
  • compositions of this disclosure may also be administered topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations are readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.
  • topical application for the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation.
  • topically-transdermal patches may also be used.
  • provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers.
  • carriers for topical administration of compounds of this disclosure include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water.
  • provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • compositions may be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
  • compositions of this disclosure may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation.
  • Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.
  • compositions of this disclosure are formulated for oral administration. Such formulations may be administered with or without food. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure are administered without food. In other embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure are administered with food.
  • the amount of compounds of the present disclosure that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a composition in a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated, the particular mode of administration.
  • provided compositions should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of the inhibitor can be administered to a patient receiving these compositions.
  • a specific dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient may depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treating physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated.
  • the amount of a compound of the present disclosure in the composition will also depend upon the particular compound in the composition.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of identifying a SARM1 NADase inhibitor.
  • Such methods comprise: a) providing a mixture comprising i) a mutant or fragment of SARM1, ii) NAD+, and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the mutant or fragment has constitutive NADase activity; b) incubating the mixture; and c) quantifying NAD+, ADPR (and/or cADPR), nicotinamide or any combination thereof in the mixture after the incubating.
  • provided methods can further comprise d) determining the molar ratio of NAD+/ADPR (and/or NAD+/cADPR); and e) identifying a candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+/ADPR (and/or NAD+/ADPR) is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
  • one or more of NAD+, ADPR (and/or cADPR), nicotinamide or any combination thereof is quantified by any available analytical method, such as, for example, performing an HPLC analysis, a chemiluminescence assay, a mass spectroscopy analysis, a liquid chromatography-mass spectroscopy analysis, or a combination thereof.
  • the mixture comprises a cell lysate comprising a mutant or fragment of SARM1.
  • the cell lysate is a lysate of NRK1-HEK293T cells comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of a mutant or fragment of SARM1 that has NADase activity.
  • the mixture can comprise a purified SAM- TIR polypeptide.
  • the NRK1-HEK293T cells is treated with nicotinamide riboside (NR), which can be useful for maintaining high NAD+ levels and increasing cell viability in the presence of constitutively active SARMl molecules.
  • NR nicotinamide riboside
  • an inhibitor is identified as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+ to ADPR (or cADPR) is greater than 4: 1.
  • the candidate inhibitor compound is identified as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+ to ADPR (or cADPR) is greater than 1 : 1, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1, 5: 1, 6: 1, 7: 1, 8: 1, 9: 1 or 10: 1.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SAM-TIR fragment having constitutive NADase activity.
  • Fragments of SARMl having constitutive NADase activity include, for example and without limitation, a SARMl deleted for the autoinhibitory domain; at least one point mutation of SARMl that renders the autoinhibitory domain inactive; a fragment of SARMl consisting of the TIR domain; or a fragment of SARMl consisting of the SAM and TIR domains.
  • a polypeptide of the present teachings can further include one or more additional amino acid sequences that can act as tags, such as a His tag, a streptavidin tag, or a combination thereof.
  • a polypeptide can include a tag at the amino terminal end, at the carboxy terminal end, or a combination thereof.
  • SAM-TIR domains can include human SAM-TIR:
  • TIR domain constructs include constructs including the Human SARMl-TIR domain: TPDVFISYRRNSGSQLASLLKVHLQLHGFSVFIDVEKLEAGKFEDKLIQSVMGARNFV L VL SPGALDKCMQDHD CKDWVHKEI VT AL S C GKNI VPIIDGFEWPEP Q VLPEDMQ A VLTFNGIKWSHEYQEATIEKIIRFLQGRSSRDSSAGSDTSLEGAAPMGPT (SEQ ID NO:
  • an active mutant or fragment of a SARM1 protein is hSARMl-TIR (561-724), mSARMl-TIR (561-724), zfSARMl-TIR (554-713), MyD88-TIR (148-296), or TLR4-TIR (670-839).
  • an active mutant or fragment of a SARM1 protein is hSARMl-TIR (561-724), mSARMl-TIR (561-724), zfSARMl-TIR (554-713), MyD88-TIR (148-296), or TLR4-TIR (670-839).
  • a SARMl-TIR domain can be engineered with various protein tags. These tags include, such as and without limitation, FLAG, His, Strep-tag, and VENUS tag.
  • a streptavidin tag is a protein domain that has affinity for a bioengineered streptavidin protein. It can have a sequence, such as but without limitation, of Trp-Ser-His-Pro-Gln-Phe-Glu-Lys (SEQ ID NO: 5). Expression vectors and resins are sold under the trade names such as Strep-tag® and Strep-Tactin® (IB A, Gottingen, Germany).
  • NRK1 -HEK293T cells refer to an HEK293 cell line that expresses a Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRK1).
  • NRK1 has sequence MKRFVIGIGGVTNGGKTTLAKSLQKHLPNCSVISQDDFFKPESEIDIDENGFLQYDVL EALNMEKMMSAVSCWMENPGSSAGPAALESAQGVPILIIEGFLLFNYKPLDTIWNRS YFLTVPYEECKRRRSTRVYEPPDPPGYFDGHVWPMYLKHRQEMSSITWDIVYLDGT RSEEDLFSQVYEDVKQELEKQNGL (SEQ ID NO: 6).
  • NRK1 can be transformed or transfected from an expression vector such as but without limitation an FCIV expression vector (Araki, T., et al, Science 305: 1010- 1013, 2004).
  • NRK1-HEK293T cells can comprise a polyclonal cell line that has been stably transfected with an FCIV expression vector that expresses human Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRK1).
  • the mixture can comprise a purified SAM-TIR polypeptide.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 (SEQ ID NO:8).
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of human SARMl residues 560-724.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of human SARMl residues 560-723.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of human SARMl residues 560-722.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of human SARMl residues 560-721. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of a mutant or fragment of SARMl from any species which has a polypeptide homologous to human SARMl, such as, for example and without limitation, a murine SARMl polypeptide fragment homologous to human residues 410 to 721.
  • the SARMl mutant or SARMl fragment is a human SARMl mutant or fragment, a mouse SARMl mutant or fragment, a zebrafish SARMl mutant or fragment, a chimpanzee SARMl mutant or fragment, a Rhesus monkey SARMl mutant or fragment, a canine SARMl mutant or fragment, a rat SARMl mutant or fragment, a chicken SARMl mutant or fragment, Drosophila SARMl mutant or fragment, a mosquito SARMl mutant or fragment, a C.elegans SARMl mutant or fragment, or a frog SARMl mutant or fragment.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an N- terminal auto-inhibitory domain.
  • a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity is from about 150 to about 300 amino acid residues in length. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity is from about 160 to about 310 amino acid residues in length. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity is from about 160 to about 320 amino acid residues in length.
  • a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has a sequence that has at least 70% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has a sequence that has at least 80% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has a sequence that has at least 90% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity.
  • a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has a sequence that has at least 95% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and at least 70% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity, has conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, deletions, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and at least 80% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity, has conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, deletions, or a combination thereof.
  • a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and at least 90% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, deletions, or a combination thereof.
  • a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and at least 95% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, deletions, or a combination thereof.
  • a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and a sequence that has at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90% or at least 95% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has an artificial sequence, or has a sequence identical to a homologous or orthologous sequence from SARMl of a non-human species.
  • a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity is a full-length SARMl polypeptide.
  • the present teachings include a host cell, e.g., a bacterium such as an E. coli that harbors a nucleic acid that encodes a mutant or fragment of SARMl of eukaryotic origin has constitutive NADase activity.
  • a host cell e.g., a bacterium such as an E. coli that harbors a nucleic acid that encodes a mutant or fragment of SARMl of eukaryotic origin has constitutive NADase activity.
  • the present teachings include a bacterium such as an E. coli that harbors a mutant SARMl polypeptide of eukaryotic origin that has constitutive NADase activity.
  • a method of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor comprises: a) providing a mixture comprising i) a mutant or fragment of SARMl, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the mutant or fragment has constitutive NADase activity; b) incubating the mixture; c) quantifying NAD+ in the mixture after the incubating; and d) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the amount of NAD+ is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
  • a SARMl NADase inhibitor comprising: a) providing a mixture comprising i) a full-length SARMl, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the full-length SARMl has constitutive NADase activity; b) incubating the mixture; c) quantifying NAD+ and ADPR (or cADPR) in the mixture after the incubating; d) determining the molar ratio of NAD+: ADPR (or cADPR); and e) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
  • identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor comprising: a) providing a mixture comprising a solid support to which is bound i) a full-length SARMl and at least one tag, ii) NAD+, and iii) a candidate inhibitor; b) incubating the mixture; c) quantifying the NAD+ after the incubating; and d) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the concentration of NAD+ is greater than that of a control.
  • identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor comprising: a) providing a mixture comprising i) a full-length SARMl, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the full-length SARMl has constitutive NADase activity; b) incubating the mixture; c) quantifying NAD+ in the mixture after the incubating; and d) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the amount of NAD+ is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
  • identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor comprising: a) providing a mixture comprising i) a full-length SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the full-length SARMl has constitutive NADase activity; b) incubating the mixture; c) quantifying NAD+ and at least one NADase cleavage product in the mixture after the incubating; and d) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+ to the at least one NADase cleavage product is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
  • the quantifying NAD+ in the mixture comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of performing a chemiluminescence assay. In some embodiments, the quantifying NAD+ in the mixture comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of performing an HPLC analysis. In some embodiments, the mixture can comprise a purified SAM-TIR fragment. In some embodiments, the mixture comprises a cell lysate comprising the mutant or fragment of SARMl. In some embodiments, the cell lysate is a lysate of NRK1-HEK293T cells comprising the mutant or fragment of SARMl.
  • the NRK1-HEK293T cells comprising the mutant or fragment of SARMl is treated with NR.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SAM-TIR fragment.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of, human SARMl residues 410 to 721 (SEQ ID NO:8).
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of murine SARMl residues homologous to those of human SARMl.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an N- terminal auto-inhibitory domain.
  • a polypeptide comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of a) a mutant or fragment of SARMl, wherein the mutant or fragment has constitutive NADase activity; and b) at least one tag.
  • the at least one tag is selected from the group consisting of a streptavidin tag, a His tag, and a combination thereof.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SAM-TIR fragment.
  • a mutant or fragment comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of a SAM- TIR fragment, a His tag, and a streptavidin tag.
  • the streptavidin tag is a tandem streptavidin tag.
  • a polypeptide comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of an amino terminal tandem streptavidin, a SAM-TIR fragment, and a C- terminal His tag.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain.
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 (SEQ ID NO:8).
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of murine SARMl residues which are homologous to those of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 (SEQ ID NO:8).
  • the mutant or fragment of SARMl comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of human SARMl residues 410 to 721
  • the polypeptide is immobilized on a solid support.
  • the solid support is a bead.
  • vectors include a plasmid or virus comprising a sequence encoding a polypeptide described herein.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor, which comprises: a) providing a mixture comprising NAD+ and a bead to which is bound a polypeptide consisting of a mutant or fragment of SARMl having constitutive NADase activity; b) adding a candidate inhibitor to the mixture; c) incubating the mixture; d) quantifying the NAD+ in the mixture; and e) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as a SARMl inhibitor if the concentration of NAD+ is greater than that of a control.
  • provided methods include stopping NADase activity (if any) in the mixture after the incubating.
  • the polypeptide further includes at least one tag, such as an N-terminal tag.
  • the N-terminal tag is a streptavidin tag.
  • the N-terminal tag is a tandem streptavidin tag.
  • the at least one tag is a C-terminal tag.
  • the C- terminal tag is a polyhistidine tag.
  • the bead is a histidine tag purification bead.
  • the at least one tag is at least two tags. In some embodiments, the at least two tags is an N-terminal tag and a C-terminal tag.
  • the N-terminal tag is a tandem streptavidin tag and the C-terminal tag is a polyhistidine tag.
  • the quantifying NAD+ comprises performing an HPLC-based analysis.
  • the quantifying NAD+ and ADPR (or cADPR) comprises performing an LC/MS-based analysis.
  • a candidate inhibitor compound is identified as a SARMl inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD to ADPR (or cADPR) is greater than 4: 1.
  • a candidate inhibitor compound is identified as a SARMl inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD to ADPR (or cADPR) is greater than 1 : 1, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1, 5: 1, 6: 1, 7: 1, 8: 1, 9: 1, or 10: 1.
  • the present disclosure provides a SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment.
  • a SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment may be bound to a solid support such as a bead.
  • the SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment bound to a solid support comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of SAM-TIR, a TIR domain, or a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an autoinhibitory domain.
  • the SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment is selected from the group consisting of a human SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment, a mouse SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment, and a zebrafish SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment.
  • the SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment further comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of a tag.
  • a SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment having NADase activity comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of a SARMl mutant or fragment bound to a solid support via a protein tag.
  • a method of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor comprises: a) providing a mixture comprising at least one cultured neuron comprising an axon; b) adding a candidate SARMl NADase inhibitor to the mixture; c) adding a labeled NAM to the mixture and transecting the axon; d) incubating the mixture; and e) quantifying the amount of labeled and unlabeled NAD+ in the mixture.
  • provided methods can further comprise f) calculating the net rate of NAD+ consumption, for example by calculating the % decrease of unlabeled over total NAD+ (e.g., light NAD over total (light plus heavy) NAD+) over time.
  • the calculation is expressed, for example, as %/hr.
  • an inhibitor of SARMl is identified when there is a decrease in the post-injury NAD+ consumption rate compared to that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
  • the labeled NAM is deuterium labeled ("heavy") NAM.
  • the labeled NAM is d 4 -NAM.
  • the quantifying of labeled and unlabeled NAD+ is performed using analytical methods such as LC-MS/MS.
  • the at least one cultured neuron is at least one dorsal root ganglion cultured neuron.
  • a method of identifying an inhibitor of axonal degeneration comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of: a) providing a mixture comprising at least one cultured neuron comprising an axon; b) adding a candidate inhibitor to the mixture; c) disrupting the neuron; d) calculating the degeneration index using at least one microscope image (Sasaki, Y. et al, Journal of Neuroscience 2009 29(17): 5525-5535); and f) identifying an inhibitor of axon degeneration when there is a significant decrease in the degeneration index compared to a control with no inhibitor.
  • disrupting the neuron comprises transecting the axon.
  • disrupting the neuron comprises adding vincristine to the mixture.
  • the present disclosure also provides an NRK1-HEK293 cell line comprising HEK293T cells transformed with a Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl).
  • the NRK1-HEK293 cells transformed or transfected with a DNA sequence encoding Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl).
  • the DNA encoding NRKl can be genomic or cDNA.
  • an NRK1- HEK293 cell is stably or transiently transformed or transfected with DNA encoding NRKl from a source exogenous to the host cell.
  • an NRK1-HEK293 cell is stably or transiently transformed or transfected with DNA encoding NRKl such that the cell expresses NRKl at an elevated level compared to control cells.
  • the DNA encoding NRKl is under the control of one or more exogenous regulatory sequences such as a promoter, an enhancer or a combination thereof.
  • a combination of a DNA sequence encoding NRKl and regulatory sequences is a non-naturally occurring combination.
  • DNA encoding NRKl, either genomic or cDNA comprises an expression vector such as an FCIV expression vector.
  • DNA encoding NRKl originates from genomic DNA or cDNA, and can be from a vertebrate or invertebrate species such as but not limited to human, mouse, zebrafish or a Drosophila.
  • the NRKl DNA is a human NRKl DNA.
  • the present disclosure provides inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity for treatment of neurodegenerative or neurological diseases or disorders that involve axon degeneration or axonopathy.
  • the present disclosure also provides methods of using inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity to treat, prevent or ameliorate axonal degeneration, axonopathies and neurodegenerative or neurological diseases or disorders that involve axonal degeneration.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of treating neurodegenerative or neurological diseases or disorders related to axonal degeneration, axonal damage, axonopathies, demyelinating diseases, central pontine myelinolysis, nerve injury diseases or disorders, metabolic diseases, mitochondrial diseases, metabolic axonal degeneration, axonal damage resulting from a leukoencephalopathy or a leukodystrophy.
  • Such neurodegenerative or neurological diseases or disorders may include spinal cord injury, stroke, multiple sclerosis, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, congenital hypomyelination, encephalomyelitis, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, central pontine myelolysis, osmotic hyponatremia, hypoxic demyelination, ischemic demyelination, adrenoleukodystrophy, Alexander's disease, Niemann-Pick disease, Pelizaeus Merzbacher disease, periventricular leukomalacia, globoid cell leukodystrophy (Krabbe's disease), Wallerian degeneration, optic neuritis, transverse myelitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS, Lou Gehrig's disease), Huntington's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Tay-Sacks disease, Gaucher's disease, Hurler Syndrome, traumatic brain injury, post radiation injury, neurodegenerative or
  • a neuropathy or axonopathy associated with axonal degeneration can be any of a number of neuropathies or axonopathys such as, for example, those that are hereditary or congenital or associated with Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Herpes infection, diabetes, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, a demyelinating disease, ischemia or stroke, chemical injury, thermal injury, and AIDS.
  • neurodegenerative diseases not mentioned above as well as a subset of the above mentioned diseases can also be treated with the methods of the present disclosure. Such subsets of diseases can include Parkinson's disease or non-Parkinson's diseases, or Alzheimer's disease.
  • Neuropathies and axonopathies can include any disease or condition involving neurons and/or supporting cells, such as for example, glia, muscle cells or fibroblasts, and, in particular, those diseases or conditions involving axonal damage.
  • Axonal damage can be caused by traumatic injury or by non-mechanical injury due to diseases, conditions, or exposure to toxic molecules or drugs. The result of such damage can be degeneration or dysfunction of the axon and loss of functional neuronal activity.
  • Disease and conditions producing or associated with such axonal damage are among a large number of neuropathic diseases and conditions.
  • Such neuropathies can include peripheral neuropathies, central neuropathies, and combinations thereof.
  • peripheral neuropathic manifestations can be produced by diseases focused primarily in the central nervous systems and central nervous system manifestations can be produced by essentially peripheral or systemic diseases.
  • Peripheral neuropathies can involve damage to the peripheral nerves, and can be caused by diseases of the nerves or as the result of systemic illnesses. Some such diseases can include diabetes, uremia, infectious diseases such as AIDs or leprosy, nutritional deficiencies, vascular or collagen disorders such as atherosclerosis, and autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, and polyarteritis nodosa. Peripheral nerve degeneration can also result from traumatic (mechanical) damage to nerves as well as chemical or thermal damage to nerves.
  • Such conditions that injure peripheral nerves include compression or entrapment injuries such as glaucoma, carpal tunnel syndrome, direct trauma, penetrating injuries, contusions, fracture or dislocated bones; pressure involving superficial nerves (ulna, radial, or peroneal) which can result from prolonged use of crutches or staying in one position for too long, or from a tumor; intraneural hemorrhage; ischemia; exposure to cold or radiation or certain medicines or toxic substances such as herbicides or pesticides.
  • the nerve damage can result from chemical injury due to a cytotoxic anticancer agent such as, for example, taxol, cisplatinin, a proteasome inhibitor, or a vinca alkaloid such as vincristine.
  • Typical symptoms of such peripheral neuropathies include weakness, numbness, paresthesia (abnormal sensations such as burning, tickling, pricking or tingling) and pain in the arms, hands, legs and/or feet.
  • the neuropathy can also be associated with mitochondrial dysfunction.
  • Such neuropathies can exhibit decreased energy levels, i.e., decreased levels of NAD and ATP.
  • a peripheral neuropathy can also be a metabolic and endocrine neuropathy which includes a wide spectrum of peripheral nerve disorders associated with systemic diseases of metabolic origin. These diseases include, for example, diabetes mellitus, hypoglycemia, uremia, hypothyroidism, hepatic failure, polycythemia, amyloidosis, acromegaly, porphyria, disorders of lipid/glycolipid metabolism, nutritional/vitamin deficiencies, and mitochondrial disorders, among others. The common hallmark of these diseases is involvement of peripheral nerves by alteration of the structure or function of myelin and axons due to metabolic pathway dysregulation.
  • Neuropathies can also include optic neuropathies such as glaucoma; retinal ganglion degeneration such as those associated with retinitis pigmentosa and outer retinal neuropathies; optic nerve neuritis and/or degeneration including that associated with multiple sclerosis; traumatic injury to the optic nerve which can include, for example, injury during tumor removal; hereditary optic neuropathies such as Kjer's disease and Leber's hereditary optic neuropathy; ischemic optic neuropathies, such as those secondary to giant cell arteritis; metabolic optic neuropathies such as neurodegenerative disesases including Leber's neuropathy mentioned earlier, nutritional deficiencies such as deficiencies in vitamins Bi 2 or folic acid, and toxicities such as due to ethambutol or cyanide; neuropathies caused by adverse drug reactions and neuropathies caused by vitamin deficiency. Ischemic optic neuropathies also include non-arteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy.
  • Neurodegenerative diseases that are associated with neuropathy or axonopathy in the central nervous system include a variety of diseases. Such diseases include those involving progressive dementia such as, for example, Alzheimer's disease, senile dementia, Pick's disease, and Huntington's disease; central nervous system diseases affecting muscle function such as, for example, Parkinson's disease, motor neuron diseases and progressive ataxias such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; demyelinating diseases such as, for example multiple sclerosis; viral encephalitides such as, for example, those caused by enteroviruses, arboviruses, and herpes simplex virus; and prion diseases.
  • progressive dementia such as, for example, Alzheimer's disease, senile dementia, Pick's disease, and Huntington's disease
  • central nervous system diseases affecting muscle function such as, for example, Parkinson's disease, motor neuron diseases and progressive ataxias such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • demyelinating diseases such as, for example multiple
  • Mechanical injuries such as glaucoma or traumatic injuries to the head and spine can also cause nerve injury and degeneration in the brain and spinal cord.
  • ischemia and stroke as well as conditions such as nutritional deficiency and chemical toxicity such as with chemotherapeutic agents can cause central nervous system neuropathies.
  • treatment refers to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, as described herein.
  • treatment may be administered after one or more symptoms have developed.
  • treatment may be administered in the absence of symptoms.
  • treatment may be administered to a susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their recurrence.
  • a provided compound or composition of the present disclosure is preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • dosage unit form refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of a provided compound or composition of the present disclosure will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
  • the specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable composition of this disclosure can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, intravenously, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, as an oral or nasal spray, or the like, depending on the severity of the infection being treated.
  • a provided compound of the present disclosure may be administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg and preferably from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
  • the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, com, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • the oral compositions can also
  • Injectable preparations for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S. P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • the rate of compound release can be controlled.
  • biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides).
  • Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping a compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
  • compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this disclosure with suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
  • a provided compound can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art.
  • the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch.
  • Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose.
  • the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
  • buffering agents include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this disclosure include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches.
  • the active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.
  • Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this disclosure.
  • the present disclosure contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body.
  • Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium.
  • Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
  • the present disclosure relates to a method of inhibiting SARM1 NADase activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a provided compound, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the present disclosure relates to a method of treating axonal degeneration in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a a provided compound, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • biological sample includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
  • Inhibition of enzymes in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limited to biological assays, gene expression studies, and biological target identification.
  • Another embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a method of inhibiting SARMl NADase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a provided compound, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • Those additional agents may be administered separately from a provided compound or composition thereof, as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a provided compound in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another, normally within five hours from one another.
  • the term "combination,” “combined,” and related terms refers to the simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance with this disclosure.
  • a provided compound may be administered with another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form.
  • the present disclosure provides a single unit dosage form comprising a provided compound, an additional therapeutic agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
  • compositions of this disclosure should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of a provided compound can be administered.
  • compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent that additional therapeutic agent and a provided compound may act synergistically. Therefore, the amount of additional therapeutic agent in such compositions will be less than that required in a monotherapy utilizing only that therapeutic agent. In such compositions a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 ⁇ g/kg body weight/day of the additional therapeutic agent can be administered.
  • the amount of additional therapeutic agent present in a composition comprising a provided compound will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent.
  • the amount of additional therapeutic agent in a provided composition will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates that a NRK1-HEK293T stable line with NR supplementation maintains higher NAD+ levels upon SARM1-TIR expression.
  • Data was generated from three independent NAD+ measurements from three independent transfection experiments, and normalized to data from a non-transfected experiment run concurrently. Data are presented as mean ⁇ SEM; Error bars: SEM; *** P ⁇ 0.001 two tailed student's t-test.
  • Methods of administration of pharmaceuticals and dosage regimes can be determined according to standard principles of pharmacology, using methods provided by standard reference texts such as Remington: the Science and Practice of Pharmacy (Alfonso R. Gennaro ed. 19th ed. 1995); Hardman, J.G, et al, Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Ninth Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1996; and Rowe, R.C., et al., Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, Fourth Edition, Pharmaceutical Press, 2003. Reagents.
  • MagStrep (Strep-Tactin) type 3 XT beads (IBA-Lifesciences, 2-4090-002). Dynabeads HisTag Isolation and Pulldown (ThermoFisher, 10103D). Biotin (Sigma, B4501). ⁇ -Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide (Sigma), Nicotinic Acid Adenine Dinucleotide (Sigma), SYPRO Ruby Protein Gel stain (ThermoFisher, S 12000), X-tremeGENE 9 DNA transfection reagent (Roche), Shuffle T7 Express Competent E-coli (New England BioLabs)
  • HEK293T and NRK1 -HEK293T cells were maintained in 10% FBS in DMEM, supplemented with penicillin/streptomycin and glutamine, and passaged by suspending in 0.05% trypsin. Cell lines were continuously monitored for contamination. A batch of HEK293T was tested for Mycoplasma contamination. HEK293T was obtained from ATCC.
  • NRK1-HEK293T is a cell line developed that stably expresses Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRK1) so that supplementation with Nicotinamide Riboside (NR), an NAD+ biosynthetic precursor, during protein expression would significantly augment cellular NAD+ levels and maintain cell viability adequate for protein purification.
  • NRK1 Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1
  • Mammalian Expression constructs were cloned into FCIV lentiviral vector: StrepTag-hSARMl-TIR-Venus, StrepTag-hSARMl-TIR(E596K)-Venus, StrepTag-GST- MyD88-TIR, StrepTag-GST-TLR4-TIR, StrepTag-hSARMl-TIR-Venus-HisTag, StrepTag- hSARMl -TIR(E596K)-Venus-HisTag.
  • Bacterial expression constructs were cloned into pET30a+: StrepTag-hSARMl- TIR-HisTag, StrepTag-mSARMl-TIR-HisTag, StrepTag-zfSARMlTIR-HisTag.
  • hSARMl-TIR (561-724), mSARMl-TIR (561-724), zfSARMl-TIR (554-713), MyD88-TIR (148-296), TLR4-TIR (670-839).
  • DRG neurons were isolated from SARMl-/- E13.5 mouse embryos as previously described (Gerdts et al, 2015, Science 348, 453-457) and seeded on plates pre-coated with poly-D-Lysine (Sigma-Aldrich) and laminin (Life Technologies). DRG neurons were maintained in neurobasal medium supplemented with L-glutamine, 2% B27 (Gibco), 50ng/mL nerve growth factor (Envigo Bioproducts), and ⁇ 5-fluoro-2'deoxyuridine plus ⁇ ⁇ uridine (Sigma-Aldrich).
  • mice On DIV 1, neurons were transduced with lenti viral particles generated from HEK293T cells as previously described (Sasaki et al., 2009, J. Neurosci., 29, 5525-5535) expressing Venus alone or the indicated SARMl construct fused to Venus at the C-terminus. Axons from SARMl-/- DRGs expressing the indicated construct were severed with a razor blade or treated with 40 nM vincristine on DIV 7. SARMl-/- mice (C57/BL6) were housed (12 hr dark/light cycle and less than 5 mice per cage) and used under the direction of institutional animal study guidelines at Washington University in St. Louis.
  • MagStrep (Strep-Tactin) type 3 XT beads suspension (IB A Lifesciences) for 30 min. The beads were then washed three times with binding buffer and resuspended in 100 ⁇ . of binding buffer for enzymatic assays and other downstream applications.
  • Tandem Affinity purification from NRK1-HEK293T stable line.
  • Dual tagged (Strep-tag and His tag SARMl -TIR) proteins were first purified by Strep Tag affinity methods as described above. For tandem affinity purification, the proteins were then eluted from MagStrep type 3 XT beads with 22.5 mM biotin for 25 min. Supernatant containing the eluted protein was separated from MagStrep beads, and then incubated with 10 Co2+ Dynabead suspension for 30 min to bind SARMl -TIR proteins via the His tag. The beads were then washed at least two times with binding buffer and resuspended in 100 of binding buffer for downstream applications.
  • TAP Bacterial protein expression and Tandem Affinity Purification
  • TAP complexes were eluted by boiling the cobalt magnetic beads for 15 min in Tris-HCl buffer (pH 7.6, 100 mM) (40 ⁇ L) containing 4% SDS and dithiothreitol (100 mM). The beads were spun at 16,000 x g for 5 min and the eluted proteins were mixed with 300 ⁇ . of Tris-HCl buffer (pH 8.5, 100 mM) containing 8M urea. The SDS was removed using a filter-aided-sample-preparation (FASP) method (Wisniewski et al, Nat. Methods, 2009, 6, 359-362.).
  • FASP filter-aided-sample-preparation
  • the peptides were desalted by solid phase extraction on a Beckman BioMek NxP robot with C4 and porous graphite carbon Nutips (Glygen) (Chen et al, Mol. Cell. Proteomics, 2012, 11, Ml 11.011445).
  • the peptides that eluted with acetonitrile (60% in 1% formic acid) were combined, dried in a vacuum centrifuge, dissolved in acetonitrile/formic acid (1%/0.1%) (16 ⁇ ).
  • Metabolites were isolated from enzyme reaction mixture by extracting with 1M HC104, then neutralized with 3M K2CO3, and followed by separation by centrifugation. The supernatant (90 ⁇ containing the extracted metabolites was mixed with 0.5M Potassium Phosphate buffer (10 ⁇ and metabolites were analyzed by HPLC (Nexera X2) with Kinetex (100 x 3 mm, 2.6 ⁇ ; Phenomenex) column. Internal standards for NAD+, Nicotinamide (Nam), Nicotinic Acid Adenine Dinucleotide (NaAD), ADP Ribose (ADPR) or cADPR were used to generate standard curves for quantification of the respective compounds. The levels for each compound in each experimental sample were normalized to the 0 min time point that was analyzed concurrently.
  • Samples were prepared by mixing the reactions with 50% methanol in distilled water. The samples were placed on ice, and centrifuged.
  • Vmax, Km, kcat were determined from the reaction velocity of NAD+ consumption in the first 60 seconds of reaction for increasing substrate (NAD+) concentration, and fitting the data to the Michaelis-Menten equation using nonlinear curve fit in GraphPad Prism 7 (GraphPad Software, Inc., La Jolla, CA). kcat was calculated per dimer of purified hSARMl-TIR. Data are presented as Mean ⁇ SEM from three independents biological samples and reaction measurements. Enzyme concentration was determined via densitometry analysis on a SYPRO Ruby gel of purified protein, with carbonic anhydrase used as a standard.
  • SARM1-/- DRGs were transduced with lentivirus as described above. Cells were supplemented with fresh media every 2 days. On DIV 7, axons were severed with a razor blade. At the indicated timepoint, cell bodies were removed then axonal NAD+ was extracted using perchloric acid/sodium carbonate method and separated with high performance liquid chromatography as previously described (Sasaki et al, J. Neurosci., 2009, 29, 5525-5535).
  • the human SARM1 TIR domain (aa559-724) was analyzed for structural homologs in the protein data bank (PDB) using HHpred (Soding, J. et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 2005, 33, W244-248) and PHYRE2 (Kelley, L.A., et al, Nat. Protoc, 2015, 10, 845- 858.). Protein sequence alignments were generated by HHpred and formatted with JalView. Hits with an E-value greater than 0.1 and score below 40 have a reduced probability of accurate prediction and were excluded.
  • HHpred Soding, J. et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 2005, 33, W244-248
  • PHYRE2 Protein sequence alignments were generated by HHpred and formatted with JalView. Hits with an E-value greater than 0.1 and score below 40 have a reduced probability of accurate prediction and were excluded.
  • PHYRE2 and SWISS-MODEL were used to generate 3D structural models of the SARM1 TIR domain using MilB CMP-glycosidase as a template (PDB: 4 JEM) or nucleoside 2-deoxyribsoyltransrferase (PDB: 1F8Y). These structures were visualized and superimposed with Chimera (Pettersen, E.F., et al, J. Comput. Chem, 2004, 25, (1605-12)
  • DRGs were co-stained for beta tubulin (Mouse anti-beta3 tubulin (TUJ1); from Biolegend) to assess total axon area for each field.
  • Axon degeneration was quantified in distal axons from brightfield images using an ImageJ macro (Sasaki, Y., et al, J. Neurosci., 2009, 29, 5525-5535) that measures the ratio of fragmented axon area to total axon area.
  • ImageJ macro Sasaki, Y., et al, J. Neurosci., 2009, 29, 5525-5535
  • six fields were analyzed from 2-3 wells per condition. Other data analyses were done with Graph Pad Prism 7, Image J macro, Microsoft Excel, Adobe Illustrator and Photoshop.
  • This example illustrates a SAM-TIR assay for NADase activity and use of the assay to identify and/or characterize compounds that block SARMl -mediated NAD+ cleavage, a crucial step in the elimination of damaged or unhealthy axons.
  • This assay can be utilized, for example, to identify and/or characterize compounds that inhibit TIR domain catalyzed NAD+ cleavage and potentially those that disrupt SAM-mediated multimerization.
  • This assay makes use of a fragment of the SARMl molecule encompassing the SAM and TIR domains. As demonstrated herein, expression of this fragment without the autoinhibitory N- terminal domain generates an active enzyme that cleaves NAD+.
  • NRK1-HEK293T cells represent a cell line that has been stably transfected with an FCIV expression vector that expresses human Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl), an enzyme that converts the NAD+ biosynthetic precursor nicotinamide riboside (NR) to NMN, the immediate precursor of NAD+.
  • This expression vector has the DNA sequence:
  • the resulting protein Downstream from this initiator Met, the resulting protein has an N-terminal STREP-TAG® and is composed of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 :
  • the fragment encoding the SARMl SAM-TIR protein was cloned into the FCIV expression construct by standard methods to generate the FCIV-SST vector.
  • the resultant vector has the following sequence:
  • NRK1-HEK293T cells were seeded onto 150 cm 2 plates at 20 x 10 6 cells per plate. The next day, the cells were transfected with 15 ⁇ g FCIV-SST (SAM-TIR expression plasmid, SEQ ID NO: 9) using X-TREMEGENETM 9 DNA Transfection Reagent (Roche product #06365787001). The cultures were supplemented with 1 mM NR at time of transfection to minimize toxicity from SAM-TIR overexpression.
  • the lysates were centrifuged (12,000xg for 10 min at 4°C) to remove cell debris and the supematants (containing SARMl SAM-TIR protein) were stored at -80°C for later use in the in vitro SARMl SAM-TIR NADase assay (see below). Protein concentration was determined by the Bicinchoninic (BCA) method and used to normalize lysate concentrations.
  • BCA Bicinchoninic
  • the NCI Diversity IV compound library and the Pharmacon 1600 compound library were screened for SARMl SAM-TIR inhibitors.
  • the stock concentration for each compound is 10 mM (in DMSO).
  • the compounds were first diluted 10-fold to produce a 1 mM stock (in DMSO). This stock was further diluted 20-fold into 20% DMSO/80% water to produce 50 ⁇ working stocks of each compound.
  • reaction mixtures were prepared on ice by mixing SARMl SAM-TIR cell lysate (0.14 ⁇ g total protein), compound stock (5 ⁇ final concentration), and PBS (pH 7.4) to a final volume of 12 ⁇ . NAD+ (5 ⁇ final concentration) was then added for a final reaction volume of 20 ⁇ . The mixture was incubated at 37°C for 60 min; reaction was then stopped by addition of 180 ⁇ of 0.55 M perchloric acid (HC104). The reactions were then placed on ice for 10 min, and the reaction plates were centrifuged for 10 min at 4,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge).
  • the supernatant (120 ⁇ ) was transferred to a new plate and 10 ⁇ of 3M K2C03 was added to neutralize the solution. Precipitated salts were removed by centrifugation 10 min at 4,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge). The supernatant was transferred and analyzed by HPLC (Shimadzu Nexera X2) with KINETEX® (100 x 3 mm, 2.6 ⁇ ; PHENOMENEX®) column and metabolites were monitored with absorbance at 254 nm.
  • SARMl SAM-TIR lysate cleaves NAD + .
  • the SARMl SAM-TIR lysate cleaved NAD+ in a dose- and time- dependent manner (FIG. 4A, C, D), whereas control lysate prepared from non-transfected NRK1 -HEK293T cells showed no NAD+ cleavage (FIG. 4B).
  • Loss of NAD+ was accompanied by an increase in nicotinamide (Nam) and ADP ribose (ADPR), indicating that cleavage of the nicotinamide-ribosyl bond of NAD+ (FIG. 4A).
  • SARMl SAM-TIR lysate was incubated with NAD+ (5 ⁇ ) for indicated times.
  • the NAD+ levels are shown in FIG. 4A (peak at 2.52 min in HPLC traces) were reduced and ADPR levels were increased (peak at 1.15 min) with time. Trace color: black - NAD alone; green - lysate; blue - on beads, green in eluate.
  • the SARMl Sam-TIR protein was purified by Strep Tag affinity methods.
  • HEK-NRK1 lysate (lOOul) was incubated with 20 ⁇ 1.
  • FIG. 4A shows HPLC traces for the starting substrate, NAD, and the cleavage products, ADPR and Nicotinamide (NAM), that are generated by active SARMl TIR NADase.
  • the black trace shows NAD without added enzyme.
  • the red trace shows that SAM-TIR-containing lysate has potent NADase activity (NAD is lost and the products, ADPR and NAM, are generated).
  • the Blue trace shows that the SAM-TIR enzyme can be purified on beads as described above and this enzyme is active (again, loss of NAD and generation of ADPR and NAM).
  • FIG. 4B shows that control lysate didn't consume NAD+ after the same period of incubation.
  • FIG. 4C shows quantitative values of NAD+ and ADPR of HPLC traces in FIG. 4A.
  • FIG. 4D shows that cleavage of NAD+ by SARMl SAM-TIR lysate is dose-dependent. The indicated amount of SARMl SAM-TIR lysate was incubated with NAD+ (5 ⁇ ) at 37°C for 60 min and conversion of NAD+ to ADPR was monitored.
  • FIG. 4E shows that quantitation of NAD+/ADPR ratio after 60 min reaction using 0.14 ⁇ g protein of either control and SAM- TIR lysate.
  • 5A illustrates a primary screen of all 1600 compounds from the library (5 ⁇ compound with 5 ⁇ NAD+).
  • the 20 positive hits (NAD+/ADPR>4 from the top panel were re-tested. Eighteen of the 20 original 'positive hits' were again identified as inhibitors in the secondary screen (controls: square, no reaction time; triangle: DMSO control).
  • the NAD+/ADPR ratio was used to determine the NAD+ cleavage activity of the SARMl SAM-TIR lysate using the HPLC based assay 1. It will be appreciated that any precise, quantitative method of measuring NAD+ levels could be used for the detection of SARMl NADase activity.
  • FIG. 7A illustrates SAM- TIR lysate (STL) but not control (con) lysate decreased NAD+ determined by NAD+ Glo assay.
  • STL SAM- TIR lysate
  • con con lysate
  • Relative ratio for HPLC assay 1 represents the NAD+/ADPR ratio, while for the cycling assay, it represents the ratio of IC50 3 ⁇ 4 150 nM (FIG. 7D). Two compounds showed the best inhibition in NAD+ Glo assay. IC50 for NSC622608 «150 nM.
  • Luminescence-based assay This assay can complement the results obtained by HPLC, and can permit a higher throughput of compound library screening than is possible with HPLC methods.
  • This assay is an adaptation of the NAD+/NADH-GLOTM assay (Promega G9071, Promega Corporation, Madison, WI).
  • NAD+ cycling enzymes convert NAD+ into NADH.
  • NADH the reductase enzymatically converts a pro-luciferin reductase substrate into luciferin.
  • Luciferin is detected using ULTRA-GLOTM rLuciferase, and the chemiluminescence intensity is proportional to the amount of NAD+ and NADH in the sample.
  • the amount of NAD+ and NADH present in the lysate is undetectable with this assay, precluding any endogenous contribution to the final NAD+ detected.
  • the assay was set up as follows: 2 ⁇ candidate inhibitor (final concentration 1 ⁇ , 2% DMSO), 0.07 ⁇ g lysate (2 ⁇ ), and 2 ⁇ of 400 nM NAD+. The reaction was incubated at 37°C for 60 min, then 6 ⁇ NAD+/NADH-GLOTM detection reagent was added. After 30 min at room temperature, the luminescent signals were quantified using a CYTATIONTM 5 imaging reader (BIOTEK®).
  • the SARMl SAM-TIR lysate catalyzed a dose-dependent depletion of NAD+, whereas NAD+ levels did not decline when reactions were performed with lysate prepared from control NRK1 -HEK293T cells (FIG. 7 A-D).
  • the present Example describes a SARMl TIR-based Assay.
  • This assay is similar to the assay described in Example 1, but allows for the identification and/or characterization of compounds that directly interact with the TIR domain, whereas the assay described in Example 1 can also identify compounds that disrupt SAM domain interactions.
  • This assay makes use of the bacterial expression of a tagged version of the SARMl TIR fragment that can be affinity purified. Displaying this artificial SARMl TIR domain on a solid surface (i.e. affinity beads) generates an active NAD+ cleavage enzyme.
  • Tagged proteins included the following: StrepTag-humanSARMl-TIR-6xHisTag MSAWSHPQFEKGGGSGGGSGGSAWSHPQFEKGGGSSGGGASTPDVFISYRRNSGSQ LASLLKVHLQLHGFSVFIDVEKLEAGKFEDKLIQSVMGARNFVLVLSPGALDKCMQ DHDCKDWVHKEIVTALSCGKNIVPIIDGFEWPEPQVLPEDMQAVLTFNGIKWSHEYQ EATIEKIIRFLQGRSSRDSSAGSDTSLEGAAPMGPTHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 10)
  • the TIR domain of SARM1 was tagged with a tandem STREP-TAG® at the N- terminus, and a polyhistidine tag at the C-terminus, and was cloned into a pET30a+ plasmid.
  • the frozen bacterial pellet was thawed on ice, resuspended in binding buffer (without protease inhibitors) and incubated with 100 ⁇ g/mL lysozyme for 15 min on ice. Protease inhibitor cocktail was then added and the cells were lysed by sonication.
  • the SARMl TIR protein was first purified by Strep Tag affinity methods where bacterial lysates were incubated with 20 ⁇ MagStrep (STREP-TACTIN®, IBA GmBH, Gottingen Germany) type 3 XT beads suspension (IBA Lifesciences) for 30 min. The beads were then washed three times with binding buffer, and bound proteins were eluted from MagStrep type 3 XT beads with 22.5 mM biotin for 25 min.
  • Metabolites were isolated from enzyme reaction mixture by extracting with 1M HC104, then neutralized with 3M K2C03, and followed by separation by centrifugation.
  • the supematant (90 ⁇ containing the extracted metabolites was mixed with 0.5M Potassium Phosphate buffer (10 ⁇ ) and metabolites were analyzed by HPLC (Nexera X2) with KINETEX® (100 x 3 mm, 2.6 ⁇ ; PHENOMENEX®) column and metabolites are monitored with absorbance at 254 nm.
  • Internal standards for NAD+, Nicotinamide (Nam), ADP Ribose (ADPR) were used to generate standard curves for quantification of the respective compounds.
  • the levels for each compound in each experimental sample was normalized to the 0 min time point that was analyzed concurrently.
  • Samples were prepared by mixing the reactions with 50% methanol in distilled water. The samples were placed on ice, centrifuged, soluble metabolites in the supematant were extracted with chloroform, and the aqueous phase was lyophilized and stored at -20° C until LC-MS/MS analysis. For LC-MS/MS, the metabolite samples were reconstituted with 5 mM ammonium formate, centrifuged 12,000 x g for 10 min, and the cleared supernatant was applied to the LC-MS/MS for metabolite identification and quantification.
  • Liquid chromatography was performed by HPLC system (1290; Agilent) with SYNERGITM Fusion- RP (4.6 x 150mm, 4 ⁇ ; PHENOMENEX®, Phenomenex, Torance, CA) column. Samples (10 ⁇ ) were injected at a flow rate of 0.55 ml/min with 5 mM ammonium formate for mobile phase A and 100% methanol for mobile phase B and metabolites were eluted with gradients of 0-7 min, 0-70% B; 7-8 min, 70% B; 9-12 min, 0% B.
  • Metabolites were detected with Triple Quad mass spectrometer (6460 MassHunter; AGILENT®) under positive ESI multiple reaction monitoring (NAD+:664>428 with 160V (fragmentation), 22V (collision), 7V (post- acceleration)). Metabolites were quantified by MassHunter quantitative analysis tool (AGILENT®) with standard curves. Standard curves for each compound were generated by analyzing NAD+, ADPR, and Nam reconstituted in 5 mM ammonium formate. The levels for each compound in each experimental sample were normalized to the 0 min time point that was analyzed concurrently. Sample identity was blinded to individual performing experiment.
  • This example illustrates an NAD flux assay which allows for the identification and/or characterization of compounds that inhibit SARMl -mediated NAD consumption in axons of cultured neurons.
  • This assay utilizes the full-length SARMl protein activated by a neuronal injury in neurons.
  • This assay measures the injury-activated SARMl -dependent degradation of NAD+ in axons. This method allows for the independent assessment of NAD+ synthesis and NAD+ consumption.
  • Cells were suspended in DRG growth medium at a ratio of 100 ⁇ medium/50 DRGs. The cell density of these suspensions was -7x106 cells/ml. Cell suspension (10 ⁇ ) was placed in the center of the well using 24-well tissue culture plates (Corning) coated with poly-D-Lysine (0.1 mg/ml; Sigma) and laminin (3 ⁇ g/ml; Invitrogen). Cells were allowed to adhere in humidified tissue culture incubator (5% C02) for 15 min and then DRG growth medium was gently added (500 ⁇ ).
  • the aqueous phase 120 ⁇ was lyophilized and reconstituted with 50 ⁇ of 5 mM ammonium formate and cleared supernatants after centrifugation at 12,000 x g for 10 min were transferred to sample vials and measured.
  • the metabolites were detected with a Triple Quad mass spectrometer (6460 MassHunter; Agilent) under positive ESI multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) (D4-NAD+:668>428, D3- NAD + :667>428, NAD + :664>428 with 160V (fragmentation), 22V (collision), 7V (post- acceleration)). Metabolites were quantified by MassHunter quantitative analysis tool (Agilent) with standard curves.
  • MRM positive ESI multiple reaction monitoring
  • DRG neurons were incubated with D4- Nam (300 ⁇ : 2,3,4,5 deuterium Nam; C/D/N Isotopes Inc., D-3457) for 4 hours and axonal metabolites were collected as described above.
  • D4-Nam was added at the same time as axotomy. Labeled (heavy) or non-labeled (light) NAD+ was quantified by LC-MS/MS.
  • D3-NAD+ as well as D4-NAD+ was observed.
  • NAD+ consumption assay for assessing the efficacy of SARMl inhibitors in neurons.
  • This example illustrates an in vitro axon degeneration assay and application of this assay to characterize compounds.
  • this assay was used to test whether inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity can inhibit axon degeneration that rapidly follows axonal NAD+ loss after injury.
  • Axonal degeneration was induced by axotomy or by the addition of vincristine (0.04 ⁇ ) using DRG drop cultures in 96 well at DIV 6.
  • Axotomy was performed by separating cell bodies and axons using a micro surgical blade under the microscope. Bright field images of axons (6 fields per well) were taken at 0-72 hours after axotomy using a high content imager (Operetta; Perkin-Elmer) with a 20x objective.
  • Axon degeneration was quantified using degeneration index (DI) calculated using ImageJ (NIH, Sasaki et al, 2009, J. Neurosci., 19(17): 5525-5535) .
  • DI degeneration index
  • the average DI from 6 fields per well was obtained and averaged for each independent well.
  • the DI was calculated from axon images from the same fields before (0 hour) and after (9-72 hours) axotomy.
  • Compounds (in FIG. 10A) with a significant blockade of SARM1 NADase activity from the assays in Examples 1-3 were tested for their effects on axon degeneration in cultures of DRG neurons as described above. All 18 positive hits from HPLC screen were tested (at 5 ⁇ ) for their ability to inhibit axon degeneration.
  • the candidate compounds are added to the culture medium at the concentration of 0.05 to 5 ⁇ 30 min before axotomy. Axon degeneration was monitored by imaging axons before injury, and various time points after axotomy.
  • FIG. 10A illustrates the axon degeneration indices before injury and 24 h after injury (axotomy). A higher degeneration index indicates more axon degeneration (i.e. less inhibition).
  • FIG. 10B illustrates a representative compound showing significant protection (NSC622608). The representative images before and after axotomy are shown.
  • FIG. IOC illustrates dose dependent inhibition of axon degeneration by compound NSC622608.
  • the present Example demonstrates successful development of an axon degeneration assay to characterize compounds. Moroever, the present Example demonstrates that a compound identified in the present disclosure as an inhibitor of SARMl-TIR NADase activity also inhibits axon degeneration in a dose-dependent manner.
  • the present Example demonstrates that a SARMl-TIR complex purified from mammalian cells cleaves NAD+.
  • the human SARMl-TIR domain was engineered with a tandem StrepTag II at the N-terminus, a Venus fluorescent tag at the C-terminus, and expressed it transiently in NRK1- HEK293T cells supplemented with NR.
  • Cell lysates were subsequently prepared by lysing cells under native conditions by sonication, and the recombinant SARMl- TIR protein complexes were affinity purified using MagStrep (Strep-Tactin) magnetic beads. Beads with SARMl-TIR complexes were incubated with NAD+ (5 ⁇ ) for up to 30 minutes, metabolites were extracted, and then NAD+ levels were measured using HPLC (FIG. 2B).
  • a TIR domain mutant [SARM1(E596K)] that is incapable of supporting injury -induced axonal NAD+ depletion and degeneration was also tested. Magnetic beads loaded with complexes assembled on this SARM1(E596K) mutant failed to degrade NAD+ in this in vitro assay (FIG. 2C).
  • TIR domains of TLR4, a Toll-like receptor, and MyD88 another member of the TIR adaptor family, were expressed and purified from NRK1-HEK293T cells and tested them in the in vitro NAD+ depletion assay. Both TLR4 and MyD88 TIR containing complexes showed no NADase activity (FIG. 2E and 2F).
  • Example 6 The present Example demonstrates that NAD+ cleavage activity observed in other experiments described herein is not due to other proteins that co-purify with SARMl -TIR and that therefore the SARMl -TIR domain possesses intrinsic NAD+ cleavage activity. Moreover, the present Example describes characterizations of this NAD+ cleavage activity and that the SARMl-TIR enzymatic reaction comprises both cyclase and glycohydrolase activities.
  • FIG. 11A illustrates endogenous NAD+ levels in bacteria after IPTG induction of human SARMl-TIR.
  • the bacterially expressed SARMl-TIR was purified using TAP and tested for NADase activity. Consistent with the results using SARMl-TIR complexes isolated from mammalian cells in example 5, NAD+ was rapidly consumed by bacterially produced SARMl-TIR protein (FIG. 11B).
  • FIG. 11B illustrates in vitro NAD+ cleavage reaction by human SARMl-TIR protein expressed and purified from bacteria. Although it is highly unlikely that human SARMl-TIR would associate with an E.
  • FIG. 11C-D illustrates that bacterially expressed mouse, zebrafish and Drosophila SARMl-TIR proteins cleave NAD+ in the in vitro NADase assay.
  • 11D illustrates a SYPRO Ruby gel of SARMl-TIR laden beads purified from bacteria used in NADase assay; representative of three independent experiments. These bacterially expressed proteins lack the Venus fluorescent tag and thus run at a different size than the proteins expressed in NRK1-HEK293T cells. Data were generated from at least three independent reaction experiments using purified protein from at least three independent bacteria clones. Data are presented as mean ⁇ SEM; Error bars: SEM; *** P ⁇ 0.001 unpaired two tailed Student's t-test.
  • kinetic assays of the SARMl-TIR enzyme revealed saturation kinetics (FIG. 121), a distinguishing feature of enzyme catalysts, with an estimated Michaelis constant (Km) of 24 ⁇ , maximum velocity (Vmax) of 3.6 ⁇ /min, and turnover number (kcat) of 10.3 min-1 (FIG. 121).
  • Km Michaelis constant
  • Vmax maximum velocity
  • kcat turnover number
  • Inhibitors of the SARMl-TIR domain modeled after nicotinamide can be useful in preventing the early stages of axon degeneration (Gerdts, J et al, Neuron, 2016, 89, 449-460; Fliegert, R., et al, Biochem. Soc. Trans., 2007, 35, 109-114).
  • This example describes characterization of analogs of nicotinamide (a known SARMl NADase inhibitor) and analogs of NAD+ with respect to activity as inhibitors of SARMl enzymatic activity and/or as substrates for the cleavage reaction. These analogs were tested using an assay that makes use of a bacterially-expressed tagged version of the SARMl TIR fragment, as described in Example 2. Displaying this artificial SARMl TIR domain on a solid surface (i.e. affinity beads) generates an active NAD+ cleavage enzyme.
  • Table 4 Substrates and Inhibitors of the SARMl TIR NAD cleavage activity as determined by an assay which uses a bacterially expressed, tagged version of the SARMl TIR fragment. Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine dinucleotide (NHD) was both a substrate and an inhibitor.
  • NAD Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine dinucleotide
  • Glutamic Acid 642 is a catalytic residue in the active site of the SARMl-TIR enzyme.
  • the SARMl- TIR domain was modeled using the crystal structure of two enzymes identified from the prediction: MilB Cytidine 5' monophosphate (CMP) Hydrolase (PDB: 4 JEM) (FIG. 17) and Nucleoside 2- deoxyribosyltransferase (PDB: 1F8Y).
  • CMP Cytidine 5' monophosphate
  • PDB 4 JEM
  • PDB Nucleoside 2- deoxyribosyltransferase
  • glutamic acid residues are also known catalytic residues in other NADases (Ghosh, J., et al, J. Biol. Chem, 2010, 285, 5683-5694).
  • SARMl TIR E642 had similar catalytic properties, this residue was mutated to an Alanine (E642A) in SARMl-TIR, purified the protein from the cell-free protein translation system, and tested it for NAD+ cleavage activity. Purified SARMl-TIR E642A failed to cleave NAD+ in the NADase assay (FIG. 18 and FIG. 19). E642 in the SARMl-TIR domain is a key catalytic residue within the active site that is responsible for NAD+ cleavage.
  • Example 9 This example illustrates that SARMl enzymatic activity functions in axons to promote pathological axonal degeneration.
  • SARMl TIR domain is an enzyme and having identified its catalytic residue
  • enzymatic activity of the SARMl -TIR domain and, in particular, the identified glutamate were investigated to determine whether either are required for the pro-degenerative functions of full-length SARMl in neurons.
  • axotomy triggers rapid depletion of axonal NAD+ and axonal degeneration
  • SARMl -deficient neurons axonal degeneration is blocked and NAD+ levels remain significantly higher than in injured wild type axons (Gerdts et al, Science, 2015, 348, 453- 457).
  • SARMl NADase activity was tested to determine whether such activity is necessary for injury -induced axonal NAD+ depletion and subsequent axonal degeneration.
  • wild type (enzymatically active) full-length SARMl or mutant (enzymatically disabled) SARMl (E642A) were expressed in cultured SARMl -deficient DRG neurons.
  • FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 illustrate that both were well expressed in axons. Following axotomy, axonal NAD+ levels and axonal degeneration were measured.
  • SARMl enzyme activity was also tested in another injury model - vincristine-induced neurotoxicity. Cultured SARMl -deficient DRG axons are protected from vincristine-induced axonal degeneration (Gerdts, J., et al, J. Neurosci., 2013, 33, 13569-13580). Moreover, SARMl is required in mice for the development of vincristine- induced peripheral neuropathy (Geisler et al, 2016, Brain, 139, 3092-3108).
  • This example illustrates the identification and characterization of a family of small molecules that effectively inhibit SARMl NADase activity.
  • FIG. 28 illustrates testing at 5 ⁇ (Series 1), 15 ⁇ (Series 2), and 50 ⁇ (Series 3): omeprazole (1), lansoprazole (2), esomeprazole magnesium hydrate (3), pantoprazole sodium sesquihydrate (4), rabeprazole sodium (5), dexlansoprazole (6) and tenatoprazole (7).
  • Each member of the family exhibited at least some inhibitory activity (FIG. 28). Based on these results, a dose-response analysis of rabeprozole (FIG. 29) was performed. This molecule showed 95% inhibition at 10 ⁇ and 98.8% inhibition at 30 ⁇ . These results indicate that this family of molecules has SARMl NADase activity.
  • the SARM1 gene i s conserved in chimpanzee , Rhe sus monkey, dog , mouse , rat , chicken , zebrafi sh , fruit fly, mosquito ,
  • NRK1-HEK293T cells represent a polyclonal cell line that has been stably transfected with an FCIV expression vector that expresses human Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl), an enzyme that converts the NAD+ biosynthetic precursor nicotinamide riboside (NR) to NMN, the immediate precursor of NAD+.
  • This expression vector has the DNA sequence:
  • NRK1 -expressing cells When these NRK1 -expressing cells are supplemented with NR, NAD+ levels are augmented and cell viability is enhanced to enable efficient production and purification of the constitutively active human SARMl SAM-TIR protein fragment.
  • SARMl SAM-TIR To express SARMl SAM-TIR, the SARMl N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain was deleted, keeping only the initiator Met. Downstream from this imitator Met, the resulting protein consists of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 :
  • NRK 1 -HEK293 T cells were seeded onto 150 cm 2 plates at 20 x 10 6 cells per plate in 25 mL growth medium comprised of 90% DMEM (Gibco 1 1965-084) and 10% FBS (Sigma F0926). The next day, cells were transfected by first premixing 15 ug FCIV-SST SST (SAM-TIR expression plasmid from Washington University) with 45 ul X-tremeGENE 9 DNA Transfection Reagent (Roche product #06365787001) and 750 ul OptiMEM (Gibco 31985062) and then adding this mix directly to the cells.
  • the cultures were supplemented with 1 mM nicotinamide riboside (Thorne Research THR-00467) at time of transfection to minimize toxicity from SAM- TIR overexpression. Forty-eight hours after transfection, cells were harvested, pelleted by centrifugation at 1,000 rpm (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5804R, 15 Amp Version), and washed once with cold PBS (0.01 M phosphate buffered saline NaCl 0.138 M; KCl 0.0027 M; pH 7.4). The cells were resuspended in 0.5ml PBS with protease inhibitors (Complete protease inhibitor cocktail, Roche product # 1 1873580001).
  • BCA Bicinchoninic
  • This assay is an adaptation of the NAD+/NADH Glo assay (Promega G9071).
  • NAD+ cycling enzymes convert NAD+ into NADH.
  • NADH the reductase enzymatically converts a pro-luciferin reductase substrate into luciferin.
  • Luciferin is detected using Ultra-GloTM rLuciferase, and the chemiluminescence intensity is proportional to the amount of NAD+ and NADH in the sample.
  • the amount of NAD+ and NADH present in the lysate is undetectable with this assay, precluding any endogenous contribution to the final NAD+ detected.
  • the assay was set up as follows: 2 ⁇ inhibitor (final concentration 1 ⁇ , 2% DMSO), 0.07 ⁇ g lysate (2 ⁇ ), and 2 ⁇ of 400 nM NAD+.
  • the reaction was incubated at 37°C for 60 min, then 6 ⁇ NAD+/NADH Glo detection reagent was added. After 30 min at room temperature, the luminescent signals were quantified using an Analyst HT reader (LJL Biosystems).
  • the SARM1 SAM-TIR lysate catalyzed a dose-dependent depletion of NAD+, whereas NAD+ levels did not decline when reactions were performed with lysate prepared from control NRK1-HEK293T cells.
  • Reaction mixtures were prepared on ice by mixing 10 ul of SARMl SAM-TIR cell lysate (320 fold dilution of lysate 11-3-2016, or 80 fold lysate dilution for assessment of time dependence) in PBS (pH 7.4) with 5 ul of compound stock. Compounds were first dissolved DMSO at 10 mM (final stock concentration). A 10 point compound dilution curve was prepared first with a 20 ul to 40 ul serial dilution in DMSO, followed by a 10 fold dilution (12 ul + 108 ul) in PBS. Top concentration of compound in the assay is 250 uM.
  • Blank (no lysate NAD only) values for ADPR were subtracted from samples and control (lysate + NAD) and control values from NAD depletion were subtracted from samples and blank to determine maximal ADPR conversion or NAD depletion (lysate dilutions used typically produced about a 50% conversion). Blanks and controls were run in triplicate (or more) then averaged. Duplicate data points from the 10 point dose curves were plotted using Grafit and IC 5 o' s were calculated using a 4 Parameter log fit.
  • FIG. 33 shows NAD consumption as a function of concentration of compounds I A -2, I A -3, I A -6 and I A -8 and FIG.
  • Compounds I A -3, I A -8, I A -9, I A -10, I A -11 and I A -13 demonstrates inhibition of SARMl NADase activity, as shown below in Table 6 A .
  • the componds of Formula I A described herein may act by a unique mechanism that requires double protonation (in parietal cells which have pH of ⁇ 1), followed by rearrangement to an activated tetracyclic intermediate which rapidly inactivates the H+-K+ ATPase. This is believed to arise from a precise arrangement of the sulfoxide group of the compounds of Formula I A to the two activated rings of the compounds of Formula I A .
  • the data presented herein is indicative of a subtle SAR/discrimination with the benzimidazole-pyridine-sulfoxide scaffold of the compounds of Formula I A and inhibition of SARM1 NADase activity.
  • Compounds I B -1 and I B -2 demonstrate inhibition of SARMl NADase activity, as shown in Figure 34.
  • the upper curve represents compound I B -1 and the lower curve represents I B -2.
  • the IC 50 for compound I B -2 in Assay 3 was determined to be about 150 nM and the IC 50 for compound I B -1 in Assay 3 was determined to be about 0.7 ⁇ .
  • Example 17 Example 17
  • Mouse DRG Drop Culture Mouse dorsal root ganglion (DRG) was dissected from embryonic days 13.5 CD1 mouse embryo (50 ganglion per embryo) and incubated with 0.05% Trypsin solution containing 0.02% EDTA (Gibco) at 37 °C for 15 min. Then cell suspensions are triturated by gentle pipetting and washed 3 times with the DRG growth medium (Neurobasal medium (Gibco) containing 2% B27 (Invitrogen), 100 ng/ml 2.5S NGF (Harlan Bioproduts), 1 mM uridine (Sigma), 1 mM 5-fluoro-2'-deoxyuridine (Sigma), penicillin, and streptomycin).
  • DRG growth medium Nerobasal medium (Gibco) containing 2% B27 (Invitrogen) containing 2% B27 (Invitrogen)
  • 100 ng/ml 2.5S NGF Hard Bioproduts
  • 1 mM uridine Sigma
  • Cells were suspended in DRG growth medium at a ratio of 100 ml medium/50 DRGs. The cell density of these suspensions was ⁇ 7xl0 6 cells/ml.
  • Cell suspensions (1.5 ml/96 well, 10 ml/24 well) were placed in the center of the well using either 96- or 24-well tissue culture plates (Corning) coated with poly-D-Lysine (0.1 mg/ml; Sigma) and laminin (3 mg/ml; Invitrogen). Cells were allowed to adhere in humidified tissue culture incubator (5% C0 2 ) for 15 min and then DRG growth medium was gently added (100 ml/96 well, 500 ml/24 well).
  • Lentiviruses were added (1-10 x 10 3 pfu) at 1-2 days in vitro (DIV) and metabolites were extracted or axon degeneration assays were performed at 6-7 DIV.
  • DIV in vitro
  • metabolites were extracted or axon degeneration assays were performed at 6-7 DIV.
  • 50% of the medium was exchanged for a fresh medium at DIV4.
  • R (100 mM) was added 24 hr before axotomy or metabolite collection.
  • Axon Denegeneration Assay Axons from DRG drop cultures in 96 well were transected using a micro surgical blade under micro- scope at DIV6. Bright field images of distal axons (6 fields per well) were taken at 0-72 hr after axotomy using a high content imager (Operetta; Perkinelmer) with 20x objective. Axon degeneration was quantified using degeneration index (DI) calculated using ImageJ (NIH). The average DI from 6 fields per well was obtained and averaged for each independent well. The DI was calculated from axon images from the same fields before (0 hr) and after (9-72 hr) axotomy.
  • DI degeneration index
  • Compound I B -2 demonstrates prevention of axonal degeneration in a mouse dorsal root ganglion (DRG) drop culture assay, as described above.
  • Figure 35 shows a control sample (grouping on left side of FIG. 35) and a sample that includes compound I -2 (grouping on right side of FIG. 35) and the level of axonal degerneration after exposure to both samples at intervals of 0 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours.
  • axons exposed to compound I B -2 showed a substantial decrease in axonal degeneration compared to the control sample after intervals of 6 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours.
  • Figure 36 shows SEM micrographs of injured axons under degenerating conditions with (FIG. 36 A) and without (FIG. 36B) exposure to compound I B -2. As can be seen, axons exposed to compound I B -2 were intact under degenerating conditions, whereas axons not exposed to compound I B -2 were degenerated.
  • the present Example demonstrates successful development of an in vitro assay using a full-length SARM1.
  • the assay described in this Example can be used, for example, to identify and/or characterize compounds that inhibit full-length SARM1 in vivo.
  • FL-MTS SARM1 Full-length SARM1 lacking the mitochondrial targeting sequence (MTS) was produced and tested as described below.
  • NRK1-HEK293T cells represent a polyclonal cell line that has been stably transfected with an FCIV expression vector that expresses human Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl), an enzyme that converts the NAD+ biosynthetic precursor nicotinamide riboside (NR) to NMN, the immediate precursor of NAD+.
  • NRKl human Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1
  • NR nicotinamide riboside
  • FL-MTS SARMl human SARMl lacking the first 26 residues, which correspond to the SARMl mitochondrial targeting sequence, was engineered with a StrepTag affinity tag on the N-terminus (referred to as FL-MTS SARMl ; see Figure 37A).
  • This modified SARM1 protein was cloned into the lentiviral vector FCIV to generate an FL-MTS SARM1 mammalian expression vector.
  • a similar construct was generated in which the catalytic Glu residue at SARM1 position 642 was changed to Ala.
  • This inactive mutant FL-MTS SARM1(E642A) was used as a negative control in assays described in this Example.
  • an active SARM1 mutant (SAM-TIR) was similarly constructed with an N-terminal StrepTag fused to SARMl residues 409-724 and used as a positive control in these assays.
  • RK1-HEK293T cells were seeded onto 150 cm 2 plates at 20 x 10 6 cells per plate. The next day, the cells were transfected with 15 ⁇ g FCIV-FL-MTS SARMl or FCIV FL-MTS SARM1(E642A) or SARMl SAM-TIR expression vector using X- tremeGE E 9 DNA Transfection Reagent (Roche product #06365787001). The cultures were supplemented with 1 mM NR at the time of transfection to minimize toxicity from SARMl protein expression.
  • the lysates were centrifuged (12,000xg for 10 min at 4°C) to remove cell debris and the supernatants containing the affinity-tagged FL-MTS SARMl or FL- MTS SARM1(E642A) or SARMl SAM-TIR protein were stored at -80°C for later use.
  • affinity purification the supernatants were incubated with 100 ⁇ MagStrep (Strep-Tactin) type 3 XT beads suspension (IBA Lifesciences) for 30 min.
  • the beads bound with FL-MTS SARMl or FL-MTS SARM1(E642A) or SARMl SAM-TIR protein were then washed three times with binding buffer and resuspended in 100 ⁇ of binding buffer for enzymatic assays.
  • Reaction mixtures were prepared using MagStrep beads laden with affinity tagged FL-MTS SARMl or FL-MTS SARM1(E642A) protein (1 to 30 ng on 1-4 ul of beads or the active SAM-TIR protein (0.25 ng) and PBS (pH 7.4) to a final volume of 12 ⁇ . NAD (5 ⁇ final concentration) was then added for a final reaction volume of 20 ⁇ . The reaction was incubated at 37°C for 60 min, and then stopped by addition of 180 ⁇ of 0.55 M perchloric acid (HCIO 4 ) and placed on ice. After 10 min on ice, the reaction plates were centrifuged for 10 min at 4,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge).
  • the supernatant (120 ⁇ ) was transferred to a new plate and 10 ⁇ of 3M K2C03 was added to neutralize the solution. Precipitated salts were removed by centrifugation for 10 min at 4,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge). The supernatant (90 ⁇ ) containing the extracted metabolites was mixed with 0.5 M Potassium Phosphate buffer (10 pL) and metabolites were analyzed by HPLC (Shimadzu Nexera X2) with CI 8 reverse phase column (Kinetex 100 x 3 mm, 2.6 ⁇ ; Phenomenex) to quantify the amounts of NAD and ADPR, a product of the NAD cleavage reaction.
  • Figure 37B shows FIPLC traces from an assay, with peaks corresponding to NAD, NAM, and ADPR delineated with arrows.
  • full-length SARMl showed significantly lower NADase activity than SAM-TIR, while the FL SARMl E642A mutant had significantly lower NADase activity than full-length SARMl .

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure provides compounds useful as inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity, compositions thereof, and methods of using the same. The present disclosure provides compounds useful for treating a neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder, compositions thereof, and methods of using the same.

Description

INHIBITORS OF SARM1 NADase ACTIVITY AND USES THEREOF
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/399,339, filed September 24, 2016, U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/473,805, filed March 20, 2017, U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/473,916, filed March 20, 2017, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/473,921, filed March 20, 2017, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
FIELD
[0002] This application relates to various compounds and compositions, and methods, useful for inhibition of SARMl NADase activity and/or treating a neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder.
BACKGROUND
[0003] Axonal degeneration is a hallmark of several neurological disorders including peripheral neuropathy, traumatic brain injury, and neurodegenerative diseases (Gerdts et al, SARMl activation triggers axon degeneration locally via NAD(+) destruction. Science 348 2016, pp. 453-457, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). In Parkinson's disease and Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, for example, axonal degeneration is an early event, preceding symptom onset and widespread neuronal loss (Kurowska et al, 2017; Fischer et al., Axonal degeneration in motor neuron disease Neurodegener . Dis. 4 2007 pp. 431-442; both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties).
SUMMARY
[0004] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides enzyme(s) as therapeutic target(s) for many neurological disorders that involve axon degeneration or axonopathy.
[0005] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides assays for identifying and/or characterizing SARMl inhibitor. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides certain vector constructs and polypeptides for use in these assays, including SAM- TIR in which the SARMl N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain is deleted, as well as tagged versions of the TIR domain. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides compositions comprising a polypeptide and a solid support which is used for screening SARM1 NADase inhibitors.
[0006] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of using SARMl NADase inhibitors to treat, prevent or ameliorate axonal degeneration, axonopathies and neurological diseases and disorders that involve axonal degeneration. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides inhibitors of SARMl NADase. In some such embodiments, such compounds inhibit axonal degeneration, including axonal degeneration that results from reduction or depletion of NAD. In some embodiments, the present disclosure encompasses the recognition that Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine Dinucleotide (NHD) is useful as an inhibitor of SARMl NADase activity.
[0007] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of treating a neuropathy or axonopathy associated with axonal degeneration. In some such embodiments, a neuropathy or axonopathy associated with axonal degeneration is selected from hereditary or congenital neuropathies or axonopathies. In some embodiments, a neuropathy or axonopathy associated with axonal degeneration is selected from or associated with Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Herpes infection, diabetes, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, a demyelinating disease, ischemia or stroke, chemical injury, thermal injury, and AIDS. In some embodiments, a neuropathy or axonopathy associated with axonal degeneration is selected from Parkinson's disease or non-Parkinson's diseases, and Alzheimer's disease.
[0008] It has now been found that compounds of this disclosure, and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, are effective as inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity. In some embodiments, inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity have the general formula IA or formula IB:
Figure imgf000003_0001
Figure imgf000004_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each variable is as defined and described herein.
[0009] In some embodiments, inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity have the general formula I or formula I :
Figure imgf000004_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each variable is as defined and described herein.
[0010] In some embodiments, inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity are selected from
Figure imgf000004_0002
Figure imgf000005_0001
Figure imgf000006_0001
Figure imgf000007_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0011] Compounds of the present disclosure, and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, are useful for treating a variety of diseases, disorders or conditions. Such diseases, disorders, or conditions include those described herein.
[0012] Compounds provided by this disclosure are also useful for the study of SARM1 NADase activity in biological and pathological phenomena; the study of intracellular signal transduction pathways occurring in lipogenic tissues; and the comparative evaluation of new SARM1 NADase activity inhibitors in vitro or in vivo.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0013] FIG. 1 illustrates the structure of the SARM1 protein.
[0014] FIG. 2A-F illustrate that native SARM1-TIR protein complex cleaves NAD+ in an in vitro assay. FIG. 2A illustrates selected pathways of NAD+ synthesis and degradation. FIG. 2B illustrates a procedure for detecting NADase activity and its inhibition. FIG. 2C illustrates NADase activity of StrepTag-hSARMl-TIR. FIG. 2D illustrates that wild type SARMl-TIR complexes do not degrade NaAD. FIG. 2E illustrates an NAD+ reaction time course of human SARMl-TIR G601P, TLR4-TIR, and MyD88-TIR laden beads in in-vitro NADase assay (normalized to control at 0 min). FIG. 2F illustrates representative SYPRO Ruby gel of SARMl-TIR G601P, TLR4-TIR, and MyD88-TIR laden beads used in assay.
[0015] FIG. 3 illustrates that a NRK1 -HEK293T stable line with NR supplementation maintains higher NAD+ levels upon SARMl-TIR expression.
[0016] FIG. 4A-E illustrates cleavage of NAD+ by a cell lysate comprising SARM1 SAM- TIR. FIG. 4A illustrates HPLC traces showing changes over time in levels of ADPR, NAM+ and NAD+. FIG. 4B illustrates HPLC traces showing that NADase activity is not exhibited in control lysates. FIG. 4C illustrates quantitative values of NAD+ and ADPR of HPLC traces of FIG. 4A. FIG. 4D illustrates dose-dependent cleavage of NAD+ by SARM1 SAM-TIR lysate. FIG. 4E illustrates quantitation of NAD+/ADPR ratio by SAM-TIR lysate and control.
[0017] FIG. 5A-B illustrates a screen of candidate SAM-TIR NADase inhibitors from the NCI diversity IV compound library. FIG. 5A illustrates a primary screen of all 1600 compounds from the NCI diversity IV compound library. FIG. 5B illustrates re-testing of 20 positive "hits" from the primary screen.
[0018] FIG. 6A-C illustrates structures of 18 compounds that suppress SAM TIR NADase activity. NSC numbers are shown.
[0019] FIG. 7A-D illustrates an NAD+ cycling assay as an additional screening assay for SAM-TIR NADase inhibitors. FIG. 7A illustrates that SAM-TIR lysate (STL) but not control (con) lysate decreases NAD+, as determined by a NAD+ Glo assay. FIG. 7B illustrates robustness of the assay. FIG. 7C illustrates that most hits identified in the initial HPLC assay (14/18) showed significant inhibition of SAM-TIR NADase activity in a NAD+-Glo assay.
[0020] FIG. 7D illustrates NADase inhibitory activity of two compounds.
[0021] FIG. 8 illustrates in vitro NAD+ cleavage by SARMl TIR protein expressed and purified from bacteria.
[0022] FIG. 9 illustrates that NAD+ consumption rate is increased after axotomy in wt axons.
[0023] FIG. lOA-C illustrates the effect of candidate inhibitors on axon degeneration. FIG. 10A illustrates testing of effects of compounds on axon degeneration index. FIG. 10B illustrates preventative effects of compound NSC622608 on axonal degeneration. FIG. IOC illustrates dose dependent inhibition of axon degeneration by compound NSC622608.
[0024] FIG. 11A-G illustrates that NAD+ cleavage enzymatic activity is intrinsic to SARMl- TIR. FIG. 11A illustrates endogenous NAD+ levels in bacteria after IPTG induction of human SARMl-TIR. FIG. 11B illustrates in vitro NAD+ cleavage reaction by human SARMl-TIR protein expressed and purified from bacteria. FIG. 11C illustrates that bacterially expressed mouse and zebrafish SARMl-TIR proteins cleave NAD+ in the in vitro assay. FIG. 11D illustrates a SYPRO Ruby gel of SARMl-TIR laden beads purified from bacteria used in NADase assay. FIG. 1 IE illustrates a time course of NAD+ cleavage reaction using bacterially synthesized human SARMl-TIR, purified by TAP, and subjected to 1M and 2M NaCl washes during purification (normalized to control at 0 min). FIG. 1 IF illustrates a time course of NAD+ cleavage reaction using bacterially synthesized human SARMl-TIR, purified by TAP, and subjected to either 0.5% Triton X-100 or 0.5% Tween-20 washes during purification (normalized to control at 0 min). FIG. 11G illustrates a reaction time course of purified components of the cell-free protein transcription/translation system incubated with NAD+ and non-recombinant plasmid. [0025] FIGS. 12A-M illustrate characterization of the SARMl-TIR NAD+ cleavage reaction. FIGS. 12A-12E depict HPLC chromatograms showing NAD+ cleavage products of human and Drosophila SARMl-TIR. Retention time: Nam t~2.40 min; cADPR at t~0.85 min; ADPR at t~l.10 min. FIGS. 12F-12G illustrate quantification of metabolites generated by human FIG. 12F and drosophila FIG. 12G SARMl-TIR as displayed in FIG. 12A-E (normalized to 0 min NAD+). FIG. 12H illustrates HPLC chromatograms showing that mouse and zebrafish SARMl-TIR NAD+ cleavage reaction generate Nam and ADPR as major products, and cADPR as a minor product. FIG. 121 illustrates that kinetic assays of the SARMl-TIR enzyme revealed saturation kinetics. FIG. 12J illustrates that ADPR does not inhibit SARMl- TIR NADase activity. FIG. 12K illustrates that Nam inhibits SARMl-TIR enzymatic activity. FIG. 12L illustrates Nam dose response inhibition of SARMl-TIR enzymatic activity. FIG. 12M illustrates SARMl is the axonal NADase.
[0026] FIG. 13 illustrates that Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine dinucleotide (NHD) inhibits SARMl TIR NAD+ cleavage.
[0027] FIG. 14 illustrates that Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine dinucleotide (NHD) is a substrate for the SARMl TIR enzyme.
[0028] FIG. 15 illustrates chemical structures of candidate analogs represented in the Table 1, Example 7.
[0029] FIG. 16 illustrates Amino acid sequence alignment of SARMl-TIR with MilB Cytidine 5' Monophosphate (CMP) Hydrolase. CMP catalytic glutamic acid is highlighted in red box and aligns to glutamic acid 642 in the SARMl-TIR domain.
[0030] FIG. 17 illustrates modeling of the SARMl-TIR domain on the crystal structure of CMP Hydrolase bound to CMP. E642 aligns with a catalytic residue of CMP Hydrolase.
[0031] FIG. 18 illustrates NAD+ reaction timecourse of human SARMl-TIR E642A purified from cell-free protein translation system (normalized to control at 0 min).
[0032] FIG. 19 illustrates a SYPRO Ruby gel of SARMl-TIR E642A purified from a cell- free protein translation system..
[0033] FIG. 20 illustrates Venus expression of indicated constructs in DRG axons, co- stained for Tuj 1 to assess total axon area for each field.
[0034] FIG. 21 illustrates Venus expression of indicated constructs in DRG cell bodies, co- stained with Hoechst to assess total nuclei in each field. [0035] FIG. 22 illustrates axonal NAD+ levels after axotomy (normalized to control at 0 hr). NC vector, SARMl WT, and SARMl E642A constructs were expressed in SARMl -/- DRG neurons, and levels of NAD+ were obtained at indicated timepoints after axotomy.
[0036] FIG. 23 illustrates axonal degeneration time course after axotomy, quantified as degeneration index (DI) where a DI of 0.35 (indicated by dotted line) or above represents degenerated axons.
[0037] FIG. 24 illustrates bright-field micrographs of axons expressing indicated constructs represented in FIG. 23.
[0038] FIG. 25 illustrates axonal degeneration time course after vincristine treatment, quantified as DI. Quantification data were generated from at least three independent biological experiments. Data are presented as mean ± SEM; Error bars: SEM.*P<0.05,
[0039] **P<0.01, ***P<0.001 one-way ANOVA.
[0040] FIG. 26 illustrates bright-field micrographs of axons after vincristine treatment corresponding to selected groups in FIG. 25. Scale bar, 5μιη.
[0041] FIG. 27 illustrates selected pathways of NAD+ synthesis and degradation including SARMl as a NAD+-consuming enzyme.
[0042] FIG. 28 illustrates SARMl -TIR NADase inhibition by members of the proton pump inhibitor family.
[0043] FIG. 29 shows a dose response curve for rabeprazole inhibition of SARMl -TIR NADase activity.
[0044] FIG. 30 shows a schematic of cell-free protein expression system.
[0045] FIG. 31 illustrates that human SARMl -TIR purified from a cell-free protein expression system cleaves NAD+ in NADase assay.
[0046] FIG. 32 illustrates a SYPRO Ruby gel of SARMl -TIR laden beads purified from a cell-free transcription/translation system.
[0047] FIGS. 33A and 33B depict the dose curves of SARMl NADase activity inhibition by compounds IA-2, IA-3, IA-6 and IA-8, whereby FIG. 33A shows % control of NAD consumption and FIG. 33B shows % control of ADPR production.
[0048] Figure 34 depicts dose curves of SARMl NADase activity inhibition by compounds IB-1 and IB-2. [0049] Figure 35 depicts prevention of axonal degeneration by compound I -2 at intervals of 0 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours.
[0050] Figures 36A and 36B depict SEM micrographs of injured axons under degenerating conditions with (FIG. 36A) and without (FIG. 36B) exposure to compound IB-2.
[0051] Figures 37A-37D depict results from an in vitro assay of full-length SARMl . Figure 37 A is a schematic showing SARMl domains and changes including dimerization of the TIR1 domain after injury. AxD = axonal degeneration. Figure 37B illustrates HPLC traces showing levels of ADPR, NAM and NAD. Figure 37C shows relative NADase activity of full-length SARM1 vs that of an active SARMl mutant (SAM-TIR). Figure 37D shows relative NADase activity of full-length SARMl versus that of catalytically inactive mutant (FL-MTS SARMl (E642A)).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EMBODIMENTS
[0052] The Toll/Interleukin-1 receptor (TIR) domain is an evolutionarily conserved protein domain present in Toll-like receptors (TLR), and their cytosolic adaptor proteins, where as a scaffolding domain, it promotes innate immune signaling to protect hosts against invading pathogens (O'Neill, L.A., et al, Nat. Rev. Immunol, 2013, 13, 453-460). Sterile Alpha and TIR motif-containing 1 (SARMl) belongs to the family of cytosolic adaptor proteins, but is unique among its members because it is the most evolutionary ancient adaptor, paradoxically inhibits TLR signaling, and was recently identified as the central executioner of an injury -induced axon death pathway (O'Neill, L.A. & Bowie, A.G., Nat. Rev. Immunol, 2007, 7, 353-364; Osterloh, J.M., et al, Science, 2012, 337, 481-484; Gerdts, J., et al., J. Neurosci. 33, 2013, 13569-13580). Activation of SARMl by axonal injury or by enforced dimerization of the SARMl -TIR domain promotes the rapid and catastrophic depletion of Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide (NAD+), which is followed soon after by axonal demise (Gerdts, J., et al, Science, 2015, 348, 453-457). Previous attempts to identify the NAD+ depleting enzyme(s) underlying this process were unsuccessful (Gerdts, J., et al., Science, 2015, 348, 453-457). Moreover, neither SARMl nor TIR domains from other proteins have known enzymatic activity.
[0053] Damaged or unhealthy axons are eliminated via an intrinsic self-destruction program that is distinct from traditional cellular death pathways like apoptosis (Gerdts, J., et al, Neuron, 2016, 89, 449-460; Whitmore, A.V. et al, Cell Death Differ., 2003, 10, 260- 261). Axon degeneration is a major component of several neurological diseases, such as but not limited to Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, ALS, Multiple sclerosis, diabetic peripheral neuropathy, chemotherapy -induced peripheral neuropathy, inherited neuropathy, traumatic brain injury, and glaucoma. Among pro-degenerative genes, SARMl is the central executioner of the degenerative program. Loss of SARMl blocks axon degeneration for weeks after injury (Osterloh, J.M., et al, Science, 2012, 337, 481-484; Gerdts, J., et al. J. Neurosci., 2013, 33, 13569-13580) and also improves functional outcomes in mice after traumatic brain injury (Henninger, N. et al., Brain 139, 2016, 1094-1105). SARMl is also required for axon degeneration in chemotherapy -induced peripheral neuropathy; loss of SARMl blocks the development of chemotherapy -induced peripheral neuropathy, both halting axon degeneration and the development of heightened pain sensitivity after treatment with the chemotherapeutic vincristine (Geisler et al, Brain, 2016, 139, 3092-3108). Activation of SARMl on the other hand, is sufficient to induce axon degeneration in the absence of injury (Gerdts, J., et al, Science, 2015, 348, 453-457). SARMl also is required for axon degeneration in chemotherapy -induced peripheral neuropathy.
[0054] The activation of SARMl leads to the catastrophic depletion of NAD+ (Gerdts, I, et al, Science, 2015, 348, 453-457), thus highlighting the central role of NAD+ homeostasis in axonal integrity as first implied by studies with NMNAT1.
[0055] Despite these advances, the enzyme(s) underlying NAD+ breakdown in damaged axons remains unknown.
[0056] SARMl contains multiple conserved motifs including SAM domains, ARM/HEAT motifs and a TIR domain (FIG. 1) that mediate oligomerization and protein- protein interactions (O'Neill, L.A. & Bowie, A.G, Nat. Rev. Immunol., 2007, 7, 353-364; Tewari, R, et al, Trends Cell Biol., 2010, 20, 470-481; Qiao, F. & Bowie, J.U., Sci. STKE 2005, re7, 2005). Dimerization of SARMl-TIR domains is sufficient to induce axonal degeneration and to rapidly trigger the degradation of NAD+, demonstrating that the NADase activity is either associated with or induced by dimerized SARMl-TIR domains. TIR domains are common in signaling proteins functioning in innate immunity pathways where they serve as scaffolds for protein complexes (O'Neill, L.A. & Bowie, A.G, Nat. Rev. Immunol, 2007, 7, 353-364). [0057] Several groups have previously measured NAD+ and metabolites such as ADP ribose (ADPR) (for example, Hasan, M.A. et al, Korean J. Physiol. Pharmacol., 2014 18, 497-502; Breen, L.T., et al., Am. J. Physiol. Renal. Physiol., 2006, 290, F486-F495; and Li, P.L., et al., Am. J. Physiol. Heart Circ. Physiol, 2002, 282, H1229-H12236). However none of these groups have specifically done so in conjunction with SARM1 activity. In some embodiments, an ADPR as mentioned herein is a cADPR, e.g., a cyclic ADPR.
[0058] Loss of SARMl blocks axonal degeneration for weeks after injury (Gerdts et al., Sarml -mediated axon degeneration requires both SAM and TIR interactions J. Neurosci. 33 2013 pp. 13569-13580; Osterloh et al., 2012 both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties) and improves functional outcomes in mice after both traumatic brain injury (Henninger et al., 2016) and vincristine-induced peripheral neuropathy (Geisler et al, 2016). Axonal injury induces NAD+ loss (Wang et al, 2005), and SARMl is required for this injury-induced NAD+ depletion both in vitro and in vivo (Gerdts et al, SARMl activation triggers axon degeneration locally via NAD(+) destruction Science 348 2015 pp. 453-457; Sasaki et al, 2016; both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties). Moreover, activation of SARMl signaling, via enforced dimerization of its TIR domain, is sufficient to induce axonal degeneration in the absence of injury due to a catastrophic depletion of axonal NAD+ (Gerdts et al, SARMl activation triggers axon degeneration locally via NAD(+) destruction Science 348 2015 pp. 453-457).
[0059] NAD+ is a dinucleotide that is essential for many redox reactions, but it is also consumed by a variety of enzymes (e.g., PARPs, CD38, Sirtuins) where the resulting metabolites influence signaling pathways via their effects on calcium mobilization or protein parylation (Canto et al, 2015; Verdin, 2015). The identity of the NADase enzyme(s) responding to SARMl activation and mediating NAD+ loss in injured axons has been unknown, although PARPl and CD38 were previously eliminated as candidates (Gerdts et al, 2015; Sasaki et al, 2009). Furthermore, SARMl is not known to have enzymatic activity, nor have TIR domains from any protein ever been associated with enzymatic activity. TIR domains are rather known for their scaffolding properties in Toll-like Receptor signaling, where they activate downstream enzymes to regulate pro-inflammatory and defense genes (O'Neill et al, 2013).
[0060] It has now been found, surprisingly, that the TIR domain of SARMl acts as an enzyme to cleave NAD+, and that SARMl enzymatic activity promotes axonal NAD+ depletion and axon degeneration after both traumatic and vincristine induced axonal injuries. The findings presented herein identify SARMl enzymatic activity as novel therapeutic targets against diseases characterized by axonal degeneration including peripheral neuropathy, traumatic brain injury, and neurodegenerative diseases. More broadly, the findings presented herein show that TIR domains can possess intrinsic enzymatic activity.
1. General Description of Compounds of the present disclosure:
[0061] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of formula IA
Figure imgf000015_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
XA is -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;
R1A is hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic, alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium or N+(Ci_ 4alkyl)4;
Ring AA is selected from a benzo fused ring and a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic fused ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
Ring BA is selected from phenyl, an 8-10 membered bi cyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
Rtt and RYA are independently hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen, -ORA, -SRA, -N(RA)2, -N(RA)C(0)RA, -C(0)N(RA)2, -N(RA)C(0)N(RA)2, - N(RA)C(0)ORA, -OC(0)N(RA)2, -N(RA)S(0)2RA, -S(0)2N(RA)2, -C(0)RA, -C(0)ORA, - OC(0)RA, -S(0)RA, -S(0)2RA, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; each RA is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic, a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic carbocyclic ring, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
mA and nA are independently 0, 1, 2, or 3.
In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of
Figure imgf000016_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
IB 2B B IB 2B
X1D and XiD are independently -0-, -S-, or -NR -, provided that one of X1D and X^ is -O- or
-S- and both of X1B and X2B are not -0-;
YB is -N- or -CH-;
each R1B is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C aliphatic; Ring A is selected from phenyl, an 8-10 membered bi cyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each R™ is independently hydrogen, halogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci-6 aliphatic, a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic carbocyclic ring, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each RB is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci-6 aliphatic, a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic carbocyclic ring, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
LB is a covalent bond, a Ci-6 membered straight or branched bivalent hydrocarbon chain, cyclopropylenyl, cyclobutylenyl, or oxetanylenyl; and
nB is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
2. Compounds and Definitions:
[0063] Compounds of this disclosure include those described generally above, and are further illustrated by the classes, subclasses, and species disclosed herein. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply unless otherwise indicated. For purposes of this disclosure, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75 Ed. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry are described in "Organic Chemistry", Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999, and "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., Ed. : Smith, M B. and March, I, John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2001, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
[0064] The term "aliphatic" or "aliphatic group", as used herein, means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, or a monocyclic hydrocarbon or bicyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic (also referred to herein as "carbocycle," "cycloaliphatic" or "cycloalkyl"), that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-5 aliphatic carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-4 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-3 aliphatic carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-2 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, "cycloaliphatic" (or "carbocycle" or "cycloalkyl") refers to a monocyclic C3-C6 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
[0065] As used herein, the term "alkyl" refers to a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated, or a monocyclic hydrocarbon or bicyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated (also referred to herein as "cycloalkyl") and which has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Unless otherwise specified, alkyl groups contain 1-6 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, alkyl groups contain 1-5 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, alkyl groups contain 1-4 carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, alkyl groups contain 1-3 carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, alkyl groups contain 1-2 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, "cycloalkyl" refers to a monocyclic C3-C6 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated and has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
[0066] The term "lower alkyl" refers to a C1-4 straight or branched alkyl group. Exemplary lower alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tert- butyl.
[0067] The term "lower haloalkyl" refers to a Ci-4 straight or branched alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
[0068] The term "heteroatom" means one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon; the quatemized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), ΝΗ (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR+ (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl)).
[0069] The term "unsaturated," as used herein, means that a moiety has one or more units of unsaturation.
[0070] As used herein, the term "bivalent Ci-g (or Ci-β) saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain", refers to bivalent alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene chains that are straight or branched as defined herein.
[0071] The term "alkylene" refers to a bivalent alkyl group. An "alkylene chain" is a polymethylene group, i.e., -(CH2)n-, wherein n is a positive integer, preferably from 1 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, or from 2 to 3. A substituted alkylene chain is a polymethylene group in which one or more methylene hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
[0072] The term "alkenylene" refers to a bivalent alkenyl group. A substituted alkenylene chain is a polymethylene group containing at least one double bond in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
[0073] The term "halogen" means F, CI, Br, or I.
[0074] The term "aryl" used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in "aralkyl," "aralkoxy," or "aryloxyalkyl," refers to monocyclic or bicyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members. The term "aryl" may be used interchangeably with the term "aryl ring." In some embodiments, the term "aryl" refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic ring system having a total of five to ten ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains three to seven ring members. In certain embodiments of the present disclosure, "aryl" refers to an aromatic ring system which includes, but not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl and the like, which may bear one or more substituents. Also included within the scope of the term "aryl," as it is used herein, is a group in which an aromatic ring is fused to one or more non-aromatic rings, such as indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like.
[0075] The terms "heteroaryl" and "heteroar-," used alone or as part of a larger moiety, e.g., "heteroaralkyl," or "heteroaralkoxy," refer to groups having 5 to 10 ring atoms, preferably 5, 6, or 9 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 π electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to carbon atoms, from one to five heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. For instance, heteroaryl may refer to a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl, and pteridinyl. The terms "heteroaryl" and "heteroar-", as used herein, also include groups in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring. Nonlimiting examples include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]-l,4-oxazin-3(4H)-one. A heteroaryl group may be mono- or bicyclic. The term "heteroaryl" may be used interchangeably with the terms "heteroaryl ring," "heteroaryl group," or "heteroaromatic," any of which terms include rings that are optionally substituted. The term "heteroaralkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl portions independently are optionally substituted.
[0076] As used herein, the terms "heterocycle," "heterocyclyl," "heterocyclic radical," and "heterocyclic ring" are used interchangeably and refer to a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or 7-10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moiety that is either saturated or partially unsaturated, and having, in addition to carbon atoms, one or more, preferably one to four, heteroatoms, as defined above. When used in reference to a ring atom of a heterocycle, the term "nitrogen" includes a substituted nitrogen. As an example, in a saturated or partially unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), ΝΗ (as in pyrrolidinyl), or ^NR (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
[0077] A heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure and any of the ring atoms can be optionally substituted. Examples of such saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic radicals include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, and quinuclidinyl. The terms "heterocycle," "heterocyclyl," "heterocyclyl ring," "heterocyclic group," "heterocyclic moiety," and "heterocyclic radical," are used interchangeably herein, and also include groups in which a heterocyclyl ring is fused to one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloaliphatic rings, such as indolinyl, 3H-indolyl, chromanyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydroquinolinyl, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring. A heterocyclyl group may be mono- or bicyclic. The term "heterocyclylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl and heterocyclyl portions independently are optionally substituted.
[0078] As used herein, the term "measurably inhibit" refers to a measurable change in SARMl NADase activity between a sample comprising a provided compound or composition, and SARMl NADase and an equivalent sample comprising SARMl NADase in the absence of a provided composition or composition. In some embodiments, a compound or composition "measurably inhibits" SARMl NADase activity by at least 2-fold, 3-fold, 4- fold, or greater as compared to the control. In some embodiments, a compound or composition "measurably inhibits" SARM1 NADase activity by at least 10%, 20%, 25%, 50%, 75% or more as compared to control.
[0079] As used herein, the term "partially unsaturated" refers to a ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond. The term "partially unsaturated" is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aryl or heteroaryl moieties, as herein defined.
[0080] As described herein, compounds of the present disclosure may contain "optionally substituted" moieties. In general, the term "substituted," whether preceded by the term "optionally" or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an "optionally substituted" group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this disclosure are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. The term "stable," as used herein, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
[0081] Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an "optionally substituted" group are independently halogen; -(CH2)0-4R°; -(CH2)o-40R°; -O(CH2)0-4R°, - 0-(CH2)o 4C(0)OR°; -(CH2)0 4CH(OR°)2; -(CH2)0 4SR°; -(CH2)0 4Ph, which may be substituted with R°; -(CH2)0- O(CH2)0-iPh which may be substituted with R°; -CH=CHPh, which may be substituted with R°; -(CH2)o-40(CH2)0-i-pyridyl which may be substituted with R°; -N02; -CN; -N3; -(CH2)0^N(R°)2; -(CH2)0 4N(R°)C(0)R°; -N(R°)C(S)R°; - (CH2)o^N(R°)C(0)NR°2;
-N(R°)C(S)NR°2; -(CH2)0^N(Ro)C(O)OR°; -N(R°)N(R°)C(0)R°; -N(R°)N(R°)C(0)NR°2; -N(R°)N(R°)C(0)OR°; -(CH2)0 4C(0)R°; -C(S)R°; -(CH2)0^C(O)OR°; -(CH2)0 4C(0)SR°; -(CH2)o 4C(0)OSiR°3; -(CH2)0 4OC(0)R°; -OC(O)(CH2)0^SR°-; -(CH2)0 4SC(0)R°; - (CH2)o^C(0)NR°2; -C(S)NR°2; -C(S)SR°; -SC(S)SR°, -(CH2)0
4OC(0)NR°2; -C(0)N(OR°)R°; -C(0)C(0)R°; -C(0)CH2C(0)R°; -C(NOR°)R°; -(CH2)0 4SSR°; -(CH2)0^S(O)2R°; - (CH2)o^S(0)2OR°; -(CH2)0 4OS(0)2R°; -S(0)2NR°2; -(CH2)0^S(O)R°; -N(R°)S(0)2NR°2; -N(R°)S(0)2R°; -N(OR°)R°; -C(NH)NR°2; -P(0)2R°; -P(0)R°2; -OP(0)R°2; - OP(0)(OR°)2; SiR°3; -(Ci_4 straight or branched alkylene)0-N(R°)2; or -(Ci_4 straight or branched alkylene)C(0)0-N(R°)2, wherein each R° may be substituted as defined below and is independently hydrogen, Ci_6 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -O(CH2)0-iPh, -CH2-(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R°, taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bi cyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined below.
[0082] Suitable monovalent substituents on R° (or the ring formed by taking two independent occurrences of R° together with their intervening atoms), are independently halogen, -(CH2)0 2R*, -(haloR*), -(CH2)0 2OH, -(CH2)0 2OR*, -(CH2)0 2CH(OR*)2, -O(haloR'), -CN, -N3, -(CH2)0 2C(0)R*, -(CH2)0 2C(0)OH, -(CH2)0 2C(0)OR*, -(CH2)o 2SR*, -(CH2)o 2SH, -(CH2)0 2NH2, -(CH2)0 2NHR*, -(CH2)0 2NR*2, - N02, -SiR*3, -OSiR*3, -C(0)SR* -(C1-4 straight or branched alkylene)C(0)OR*, or -SSR*; wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently selected from Ci_4 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -O(CH2)0-iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of R° include =0 and =S.
[0083] Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an "optionally substituted" group include the following: =0, =S, =NNR*2, =NNHC(0)R*, =NNHC(0)OR*, =NNHS(0)2R*, =NR*, =NOR*, -0(C(R*2))2 30- or -S(C(R*2))2-3S-, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an "optionally substituted" group include: -0(CR*2)2_30-, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0084] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, -R*, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -O(haloR'), -CN, -C(0)OH, -C(0)OR*, -NH2, -NHR*, -
NR*2, or -N02, wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently Ci^ aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -O(CH2)0 iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0085] Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an "optionally substituted" group include -R, -NR 2, -C(0)R, -C(0)OR, -C(0)C(0)R, C(0)CH2C(0)R, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2NR 2, -C(S)NR 2, -C(NH)NR 2, or -N(R)S(0)2R; wherein each R is independently hydrogen, Ci_6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted -OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R, taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0086] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R are independently halogen, -R*, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -O(haloR'), -CN, -C(0)OH, -C(0)OR*, -NH2, -NHR*, -
NR"2, or -N02, wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently Ci^ aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -O(CH2)0 iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0087] As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al, describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, incorporated herein by reference. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this disclosure include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2- naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like.
[0088] Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N+(Ci_4alkyl)4 salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
[0089] Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, Z and E double bond isomers, and Z and E conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the present disclosure. Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the present disclosure are within the scope of the present disclosure. Additionally, unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures including the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a C- or 14C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this disclosure. Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools, as probes in biological assays, or as therapeutic agents in accordance with the present disclosure.
As used herein, the term "full-length," when used to refer to SARMl, refers to a SARMl polypeptide that comprises at least: (i) the N-terminal autoinhibitory domain or a functional fragment thereof, (ii) one or more SAM domains or a functional fragment thereof, and (iii) a TIR domain or a functional fragment thereof, of a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity. In some embodiments, a full-length SARMl lacks a mitochondrial targeting sequence. In some embodiments, provided are SARMl polypeptides comprising at least a functional fragment of a SARMl N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain, at least a functional fragment of one or more SAM domains, and at least a functional fragment of a SARMl TIR domain, wherein the SARMl polypeptide lacks a mitochondrial targeting sequence.
3. Description of Exemplary Embodiments:
[0090] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of formula IA
Figure imgf000026_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a compound of formula IA is an inhibitor of SARMl NADase activity. It will be appreciated that certain compounds of formula IA are proton pump inhibitors.
[0091] As defined generally above, XA is -S-, -SO- or -SO2-. In some embodiments, XA is -S-. In some embodiments, XA is -SO-. In some embodiments, XA is -S02-.
[0092] As defined generally above, R1A is hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic, alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium or N+(Ci_4alkyl)4. It will be appreciated that when R1A is hydrogen or Ci-4 aliphatic, R1A is covalently bonded to the nitrogen atom in formula IA. It will further be appreciated that when R is an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium (i.e., NH4 ) or N+(Ci^alkyl)4, R1A is ionically associated with the nitrogen atom in formula IA. In some embodiments, R1A is hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R1A is selected from an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium (i.e., NH4 +) or N+(Ci_4alkyl)4. In some embodiments, R1A is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R1A is C1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R1A is an alkali metal. In some such embodiments, R1A is sodium (Na+). In some embodiments, R1A is an alkaline earth metal. In some embodiments, R1A is ammonium. In some embodiments, R1A is N+(Ci_4alkyl)4.
[0093] As defined generally above, the Ring AA group of formula IA is a benzo fused ring or a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic fused ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, Ring AA is a benzo fused ring. In some embodiments, Ring AA is a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic fused ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. In some embodiments, Ring AA is a 6 membered heteroaromatic fused ring having 1-2 nitrogens. In some embodiments, Ring AA is a pyrido fused ring, a pyrimidino fused ring, pyridazino or pyrazino fused ring. In some embodiments, Ring AA is a triazino fused ring. In some embodiments, Ring AA is a 5 membered heteroaromatic fused ring containing 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. In some embodiments, Ring AA is a pyrrolo fused ring, a thiopheno fused ring, a furano fused ring, a thiazolofused ring, an isothiazolo fused ring, an imidazolo fused ring, a pyrazolo fused ring, an oxazolo fused ring, or an isoxazolo fused ring.
[0094] As defined generally above, the Ring BA group of formula IA is selected from phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, Ring BA is aryl. In some embodiments, Ring BA is phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl or anthracyl. In some embodiments, Ring BA is indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl. In some embodiments, Ring BA is heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring BA is thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl or pteridinyl.
[0095] As defined generally above, RXA and RYA are independently hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen, -ORA, -SRA, -N(RA)2, - N(RA)C(0)RA, -C(0)N(RA)2, -N(RA)C(0)N(RA)2, -N(RA)C(0)ORA, -OC(0)N(RA)2, - N(RA)S(0)2RA, -S(0)2N(RA)2, -C(0)RA, -C(0)ORA, -OC(0)RA, -S(0)RA, -S(0)2RA, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0096] In some embodiments, RXA and RYA are the same. In some embodiments, R14 and RYA are both hydrogen. In some embodiments, RXA and RYA are both C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen. In some embodiments, RXA and RYA are both -ORA. In some embodiments, RXA and RYA are both aryl. In some embodiments, RXA and RYA are both heteroaryl.
[0097] In some embodiments, RXA and RYA are different. In some embodiments, RXA is hydrogen and RYA is C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen and/or -ORA. In some embodiments, RXA is -ORA and RYA is C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen. In some embodiments, RXA is aryl and RYA is -ORA and/or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen. In some embodiments, RXA is heteroaryl and RYA is -ORA and/or C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen.
[0098] As defined generally above, mA and nA are independently 0, 1, 2, or 3. In some embodiments, mA and nA are the same. In some embodiments, mA and nA are both zero. In some embodiments, mA and nA are both one. In some embodiments, mA and nA are both two. In some embodiments, mA and nA are both three.
[0099] In some embodiments, mA and nA are different. In some embodiments, mA is zero and nA is one, two or three. In some embodiments, mA is one and nA is zero, two or three. In some embodiments, mA is two and nA is zero, one or three. In some embodiments, mA is three and nA is zero, one or two. In some embodiments, mA is one, two or three and nA is zero. In some embodiments, mA is zero, two or three and nA is one. In some embodiments, mA is zero, one or three and nA is two. In some embodiments, mA is zero, one or two and nA is three. In some embodiments, mA is one and nA is two or three.
[00100] In some embodiments, nA is one and RXA is -OCH3. In some embodiments, nA is one and R is -OCHF2. In some embodiments, n is one and R is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring. In some such embodiments, nA is one and RXA is pyrrolyl. In some embodiments, nA is one and RXA is -ORA. In some such embodiments, RA is optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, nA is one and RXA is -ORA, wherein RA is Ci-6 aliphatic substituted with phenyl.
[00101] In some embodiments, mA is two and each RYA is independently selected from - ORA and C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen. In such embodiments, one RYA is -CH3 and the other RYA is -OCH3. In some embodiments, one RYA is -CH3 and the other RYA is -OCH2CF3. In some embodiments, mA is two and each RYA is -OCH3. In some embodiments, mA is two and each RYA is selected from -ORA and C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen, wherein RA is C1-6 aliphatic substituted with -(CH2)o-40R°. In some such embodiments, one RYA is -CH3 and the other RYA is -OCH2CH2CH2OCH3.
[00102] In some embodiments, mA is three and each RYA is independently selected from - ORA and C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen. In some embodiments, one RYA is -OCH3 and two RYA are -CH3. In some embodiments, one RYA is -OCH2CF3 and two RYA are -CH3.
[00103] In some embodiments, Ring AA is selected from the Ring AA groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1A, below. In some embodiments, Ring BA is selected from the Ring BA groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1A, below. In some embodiments, RXA is selected from the RXA groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1A, below. In some embodiments, RYA is selected from the RYA groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1A, below. In some embodiments, XA is selected from the XA groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1A, below. In some embodiments, the compounds of formula IA are selected from those depicted in Table 1A, below.In some embodiments, the compounds of formula IA are selected from the compounds in Table 1A:
Table 1A.
Figure imgf000030_0001

Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
[00104] In some embodiments, XA is -SO-. In some embodiments, nA is 0 or 1 and mA is 2 or 3. In some embodiments, R1A is hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic or an alkali metal. In some embodiments, R1A is hydrogen, methyl or sodium. In some embodiments, RYA is hydrogen, Ci-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen or -ORA; and RA is optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, RYA is hydrogen, -CH3, -OCH3, -OCH2CF3 or -0(CH2)30CH3. In some embodiments, RXA is hydrogen, -ORA, or heteroaryl; and RA is optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic or benzyl. In some embodiments, R is hydrogen, - OCH3, -OCHCF2, pyrrolyl or -OCH2-phenyl.
[00105] In some embodiments, Ring AA is an arylo fused ring and Ring BA is a heteroaryl ring. In some embodiments, Ring AA is a benzo fused ring and Ring BA is a pyridyl ring. In some embodiments, Ring AA is a heteroaromatic fused ring and Ring BA is a heteroaryl ring.
[00106] In some embodiments, Ring AA is selected from the group consisting of a pyrido fused ring, a pyrimidino fused ring, a pyridazino fused ring, pyrazino fused ring, a triazino fused ring, a pyrrolo fused ring, a thiopheno fused ring, a furano fused ring, a thiazolofused ring, an isothiazolo fused ring, an imidazolo fused ring, a pyrazolo fused ring, an oxazolo fused ring and an isoxazolo fused ring.
[00107] In some embodiments, Ring BA is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl, anthracyl, indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl.
[00108] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of formula I :
Figure imgf000033_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00109] As defined generally above, X1B and Xza are independently -0-, -S-, or— NR. -
IB 2B IB 2B
, provided that one of X and X is -O- or -S- and both of X and X are not -0-. In some embodiments, X1B and X2B are the same. In some embodiments, X1B and X2B are different. In some embodiments, X1B and X2B are -S-. In some embodiments, X1B is -S- and X2B is -0-. In some embodiments, X1B is -O- and X2B is -S-. In some embodiments, X1B and
2B IB 2B B
X are selected from the X and X groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1 , below.
[00110] As defined generally above, YB is -N- or -CH-. In some embodiments, YB is -
N-. In some embodiments, YB is -CH-. In some embodiments, YB is selected from the YB groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1B, below.
[00111] As defined generally above, R1B is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, each R1B is the same. In some embodiments, each R1B is different. In some embodiments, each R1B is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each R1B is optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, one R1B is hydrogen and the other is optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R1B is selected from the R1B groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1B, below.
[00112] As defined generally above, Ring AB is phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, Ring AB is aryl. In some embodiments, Ring AB is phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl or anthracyl. In some embodiments, Ring AB is indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl. In some embodiments, Ring AB is heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring AB is thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl or pteridinyl. In some embodiments, Ring AB is selected from the Ring AB groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1B, below.
[00113] As defined generally above, each R™ is independently hydrogen, halogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic, a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic carbocyclic ring, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[00114] In some embodiments, each RXB is the same. In some embodiments, each R™ is different. In some embodiments, RXB is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R™ is halogen. In some embodiments, RXB is optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R™ is aryl. In some embodiments, R™ is phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl or anthracyl. In some embodiments, R™ is indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl. In some embodiments, RXB is heteroaryl. In some embodiments, RXB is thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl or pteridinyl. In some embodiments, R™ is selected from the R™ groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1B, below.
[00115] As defined generally above, LB is a covalent bond, a Ci-6 membered straight or branched bivalent hydrocarbon chain, cyclopropylenyl, cyclobutylenyl, or oxetanylenyl. In some embodiments, LB is a covalent bond. In some embodiments, LB is a Ci-6 membered straight or branched bivalent hydrocarbon chain. In some embodiments, LB is cyclopropylenyl. In some embodiments, LB is cyclobutylenyl. In some embodiments, LB is oxetanylenyl. In some embodiments, LB is -C(CH3)2-. In some embodiments, LB is -CH2-. In some embodiments, LB is -CH(CH3)-. In some embodiments, LB is -CH(CH3)- with (S) configuration at the chiral center. In some embodiments, LB is -CH(CH3)- with an (R) configuration at the chiral center. In some embodiments, LB is selected from the LB groups in the compounds depicted in Table 1B, below.
[00116] As defined generally above, nB is 0-4. In some embodiments, nB is 0. In some embodiments, nB is 1. In some embodiments, nB is 2. In some embodiments, nB is 3. In some embodiments, nB is 4. [00117] In some embodiments, the compounds of formula I are selected from the compounds in Table 1B:
Table 1B.
Figure imgf000036_0001
[00118] In some embodiments, X and X are -S- and Y is -N-. In some embodiments, R1B is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R1B is hydrogen or methyl. In some embodiments, LB is a covalent bond or a C1-6 membered straight or branched bivalent hydrocarbon chain. In some embodiments, LB is a covalent bond or a methylene group. In some embodiments, RXB is hydrogen, halogen or optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R™ is hydrogen or -CI.
[00119] In some embodiments, Ring AB is aryl or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring AB is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl and anthracyl. In some embodiments, Ring AB is selected from the group consisting of indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl.
[00120] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of formula Ic:
Figure imgf000037_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
Xc is N or C;
R1C is H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, or C1-C5 haloalkoxy;
R2C is C1-C5 alkyl or C1-C5 alkoxy;
R is C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl or an ether; and
R4C is H, C1-C5 alkyl or C1-C5 alkoxy.
[00121] In some embodiments, Xc is N. In some embodiments, Xc is C.
1 C 1 C
[00122] In some embodiments, R is H. In some embodiments, R is C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, or C1-C5 haloalkoxy.
1 C 1 C
[00123] In some embodiments, R is C1-C5 alkyl. In some such embodiments, R is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl.
1 C 1 C
[00124] In some embodiments, R is C1-C5 alkoxy. In some such embodiments, R is - OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, or -OCH(CH3)2.
[00125] In some embodiments, R1C is C1-C5 haloalkoxy. In some embodiments, R1C is Ci- C5 fluoroalkoxy. In some such embodiments, R1C is fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluoroethoxy, difluoroethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy. In some embodiments, R1C is -OCH2F, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH2CH2F, -OCH2CHF2, or -OCH2CF3.
9P 2C
[00126] In some embodiments, R is C1-C5 alkyl. In some such embodiments, R is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl.
9P 2C
[00127] In some embodiments, R is C1-C5 alkoxy. In some such embodiments, R is - OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, or -OCH(CH3)2.
[00128] In some embodiments, R3C is C1-C10 alkyl. In some such embodiments, R3C is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl.
[00129] In some embodiments, R is C1-C10 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R is
3C
fluoroalkyl. In some such embodiments, R is fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, or trifluoroethyl. In some embodiments, R is - CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, or -CH2CF3.
[00130] In some embodiments, R3C is an ether. In some such embodiments, R3C is methoxypropyl (i.e., -CH2CH2CH2OCH3).
[00131] In some embodiments, R4C is H. In some embodiments, R4C is C1-C5 alkyl. In some such embodiments, R is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl.
[00132] In some embodiments, R is C1-C5 alkoxy. In some such embodiments, R is - OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, or -OCH(CH3)2.
[00133] In some embodiments, the compounds of formula I are selected from the compounds in Table lc:
T le lc.
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
[00134] In some embodiments, pantoprazole is in the form of a sodium salt:
Figure imgf000039_0002
[00135] In some embodiments, rabeprazole is in the form of a sodium salt:
Figure imgf000039_0003
[00136] In some embodiments, esomeprazole is in the form of a magnesium hydrate:
Figure imgf000039_0004
esomeprazole magnesium hydrate [00137] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of formula ID:
Figure imgf000040_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
R1D and R2D are each independently selected from H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, C1-C5 haloalkyl,or C1-C5 haloalkoxy; and
nD is an integer from 1 to 5.
[00138] In some embodiments, R1D and R2D are the same. In some embodiments, each of R1D and R2D is hydrogen.
[00139] In some embodiments, R1D and R2D are different. In some embodiments, R1D is hydrogen and R2D is C1-C5 alkyl.
[00140] In some embodiments, R1D is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl. In some embodiments, R1D is selected from -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, or - OCH(CH3)2. In some embodiments, R1D is selected from fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, or trifluoroethyl. In some such embodiments, R1D is selected from -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, - CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2 or -CH2CF3. In some embodiments, R1D is selected from fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluoroethoxy, difluoroethoxy, or trifluoroethoxy. In some such embodiments, R1D is selected from -OCH2F, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH2CH2F, -OCH2CHF2, or -OCH2CF3.
[00141] In some embodiments, R2D is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl. In some embodiments, R2D is selected from -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, or - OCH(CH3)2. In some embodiments, R2D is selected from fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, or trifluoroethyl. In some such embodiments, R2D is selected from -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, - CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2 or -CH2CF3. In some embodiments, R is selected from fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluoroethoxy, difiuoroethoxy, or trifiuoroethoxy. In some such embodiments, R2D is selected from -OCH2F, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH2CH2F, -OCH2CHF2, or -OCH2CF3.
[00142] In some embodiments, nD is 1-2. In some embodiments, nD is 1. In some embodiments, nD is 2. In some embodiments, nD is 3. In some embodiments, nD is 4. In some embodiments, nD is 5.
[00143] In some embodiments, a SARM1 NADase inhibitor is selected from the compounds in Table 2:
Table 2.
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
[00144] In some embodiments, a SARMl NADase inhibitor is selected from the group of compounds in Table 3:
Table 3.
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
[00145] In some embodiments, the compounds of any of Formula I , Formula I , Formula I and Formula I are administered as part of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition. In
A B C
some embodiments, the compounds of any of Formula I , Formula I , Formula I and Formula ID are administered orally. In some embodiments, the compounds of any of Formula IA, Formula IB, Formula Ic and Formula ID are administered in a range of 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight of the patient.
[00146] In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder is associated with axonal degeneration, axonal damage, axonopathy, a demyelinating disease, a central pontine myelinolysis, a nerve injury disease or disorder, a metabolic disease, a mitochondrial disease, metabolic axonal degeneration, axonal damage resulting from a leukoencephalopathy or a leukodystrophy. In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of spinal cord injury, stroke, multiple sclerosis, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, congenital hypomyelination, encephalomyelitis, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, central pontine myelolysis, osmotic hyponatremia, hypoxic demyelination, ischemic demyelination, adrenoleukodystrophy, Alexander's disease, Niemann-Pick disease, Pelizaeus Merzbacher disease, periventricular leukomalacia, globoid cell leukodystrophy (Krabbe's disease), Wallerian degeneration, optic neuritis, transverse myelitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS, Lou Gehrig's disease), Huntington's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Tay-Sacks disease, Gaucher's disease, Hurler Syndrome, traumatic brain injury, post radiation injury, neurologic complications of chemotherapy (chemotherapy induced neuropathy; CIPN), neuropathy, acute ischemic optic neuropathy, vitamin Bi2 deficiency, isolated vitamin E deficiency syndrome, Bassen-Komzweig syndrome, Glaucoma, Leber's hereditary optic atrophy (neuropathy), Leber congenital amaurosis, neuromyelitis optica, metachromatic leukodystrophy, acute hemorrhagic leukoencephalitis, trigeminal neuralgia, Bell's palsy, cerebral ischemia, multiple system atrophy, traumatic glaucoma, tropical spastic paraparesis human T-lymphotropic virus 1 (HTLV-1) associated myelopathy, west nile virus encephalopathy, La Crosse virus encephalitis, Bunyavirus encephalitis, pediatric viral encephalitis, essential tremor, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, motorneuron disease, spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), hereditary sensory and autonomic neuropathy (HSAN), adrenomyeloneuropathy, progressive supra nuclear palsy (PSP), Friedrich's ataxia, hereditary ataxias, noise induced hearing loss, congenital hearing loss, Lewy Body Dementia, frontotemporal dementia, amyloidosis, diabetic neuropathy, HIV neuropathy, enteric neuropathies and axonopathies, Guillain-Barre syndrome, and severe acute motor axonal neuropathy (AMAN).
[00147] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides any compound selected from those depicted in Table 1A, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the inhibition of SARM1 NADase activity. The compounds shown in Table 1A are known proton pump inhibitors, such as: omeprazole (compound IA-1); lansoprazole (compound IA-2); dexlansoprazole (compound IA-3); esomeprazole (compound IA-4); pantoprazole (compound IA-5); rabeprazole (compound IA-6); ilaprazole (compound IA-7); tenatoprazole (compound IA-8); lansoprazole sulfide (compound IA-9); lansoprazole sulfone (compound IA-10); N- methyl omeprazole (compound IA-11); 5-benzyloxy omeprazole (compound IA-12) and sodium esomeprazole (compound IA-13).
[00148] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides any compound selected from those depicted in Table 1B, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the inhibition of SARMl NADase activity.
[00149] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides any compound selected from those depicted in Table 1 , above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the inhibition of SARMl NADase activity.
[00150] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides any compound selected from those depicted in Table 2, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the inhibition of SARMl NADase activity.
[00151] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides any compound selected from those depicted in Table 3, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the inhibition of SARMl NADase activity.
[00152] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound selected from any of Tables 1A, 1B, Ic, 2, or 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
4. General methods for providing the present compounds
[00153] It will be appreciated that certain compounds of formula IA are proton pump inhibitors and are commercially available from various sources. [00154] The compounds of this disclosure and described by formula IA herein may also be synthesized according to known procedures. For instance, United States Patent No. 5,045,552, filed December 28, 1989 and issued on September 3, 1991 ("the '552 patent," the entirety of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference), describes compounds of formula IA and their synthesis. EP 268956, filed November 13, 1987 and published June 1, 1988 ("EP '256," the entirety of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference), also describes compounds of formula IA and their synthesis.
General Preparation of the Com ounds of Formula IA:
Figure imgf000047_0001
[00155] The compounds of formula IA may be prepared according to the steps and intermediates (e.g., Scheme 1A) described below and in the '552 patent and EP '256. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present disclosure of formula IA are generally prepared according to Scheme 1A set forth below:
Scheme 1A
Figure imgf000048_0001
[00156] The compounds described by formula I herein may be prepared or isolated in general by synthetic and/or semi-synthetic methods known to those skilled in the art for analogous compounds and by methods described in detail in the Examples, herein. For instance, the compounds described by formula IB herein may be synthesized according to WO 2006/084854, filed February 8, 2006 and published on August 17, 2006 ("WO '854," the entirety of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference), describes compounds of formula IB and their synthesis. Also describing synthesis of the compounds of formula IB are Oliver et al, J. Org. Chem, vol. 39, No. 15, 1974, pp. 2225-2228 and Pandeya et al, Pharmaceutical Research, vol. 4, No. 4, 1987, pp. 321-326 (the entireties of both which are hereby incorporated herein by reference).
General Preparation of the Compounds of Formula IB:
Figure imgf000049_0001
[00157] The compounds of formula I may be prepared according to the steps and intermediates (e.g., Scheme 1B) described below and in WO '854. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present disclosure of formula IB are generally prepared according to Scheme 1B set forth below:
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000050_0001
5. Uses, Formulation and Administration and Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions
[00158] According to another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a compound of formula IA, formula IB, formula Ic, or formula ID, or any
A B C
compound selected from Tables 1 , 1 , 1 , 2 and 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or salt of ester thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle. In some embodiments, the amount of compound in compositions of this disclosure is such that is effective to measurably inhibit SARM1 NADase activity and/or treat a neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder, in a biological sample or in a patient. In some embodiments, compositions provided herein contain and/or deliver an amount of a compound of formula IA, formula IB, formula Ic, or formula ID, or any compound selected from Tables 1A, 1B, lc, 2 and 3 that is effective to measurably inhibit SARM1 NADase activity in a biological sample. In some embodiments, compositions provided herein contain and/or deliver an amount of a compound of formula IA, formula IB, formula Ic, or formula ID, A B C
or any compound selected from Tables 1 , 1 , 1 , 2 and 3 that is effective to measurably inhibit SARM1 NADase activity and/or treat a neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder in a patient when administered to the patient in an appropriate dosing regimen. In certain embodiments, a composition of this disclosure is formulated for administration to a patient in need of such composition. In some embodiments, a composition of this disclosure is formulated for oral administration to a patient.
[00159] The term "patient," as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
[00160] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle" refers to a non-toxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that does not destroy the pharmacological activity of the compound with which it is formulated. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles that may be used in the compositions of this disclosure include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose- based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat.
[00161] A "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative" means any non-toxic salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this disclosure that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this disclosure or an inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof.
[00162] As used herein, the term "inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of SARM1 NADase activity.
[00163] In some embodiments, compositions of the present disclosure may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir. The term "parenteral" as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Preferably, the compositions are administered orally, intraperitoneally or intravenously. In some embodiments, sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this disclosure may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. In some embodiuments, the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
[00164] For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents that are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants, such as Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
[00165] In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions. In some embodiments, in the case of tablets for oral use, carriers commonly used include lactose and corn starch. In some embodiments, lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. In some embodiments, for oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried cornstarch. In some embodiments, when aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. In some embodiments, certain sweetening, flavoring or coloring agents may also be added.
[00166] In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure may be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These can be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the drug. In some embodiments, such materials include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
[00167] In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure may also be administered topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations are readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.
[00168] In some embodiments, topical application for the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation. In some embodiments, topically-transdermal patches may also be used.
[00169] For topical applications, provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. In some embodiments, carriers for topical administration of compounds of this disclosure include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. In some embodiments, provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
[00170] For ophthalmic use, provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, for ophthalmic uses, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
[00171] In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.
[00172] Most preferably, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure are formulated for oral administration. Such formulations may be administered with or without food. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure are administered without food. In other embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this disclosure are administered with food.
[00173] In some embodiments, the amount of compounds of the present disclosure that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a composition in a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated, the particular mode of administration. Preferably, provided compositions should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of the inhibitor can be administered to a patient receiving these compositions.
[00174] It should also be understood that a specific dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient may depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treating physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated. In some embodimetns, the amount of a compound of the present disclosure in the composition will also depend upon the particular compound in the composition.
[00175] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of identifying a SARM1 NADase inhibitor. Such methods comprise: a) providing a mixture comprising i) a mutant or fragment of SARM1, ii) NAD+, and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the mutant or fragment has constitutive NADase activity; b) incubating the mixture; and c) quantifying NAD+, ADPR (and/or cADPR), nicotinamide or any combination thereof in the mixture after the incubating. In some embodiments, provided methods can further comprise d) determining the molar ratio of NAD+/ADPR (and/or NAD+/cADPR); and e) identifying a candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+/ADPR (and/or NAD+/ADPR) is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor. In some embodiments, one or more of NAD+, ADPR (and/or cADPR), nicotinamide or any combination thereof is quantified by any available analytical method, such as, for example, performing an HPLC analysis, a chemiluminescence assay, a mass spectroscopy analysis, a liquid chromatography-mass spectroscopy analysis, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the mixture comprises a cell lysate comprising a mutant or fragment of SARM1. In some embodiments, the cell lysate is a lysate of NRK1-HEK293T cells comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of a mutant or fragment of SARM1 that has NADase activity. In some embodiments, the mixture can comprise a purified SAM- TIR polypeptide. In some embodiments, the NRK1-HEK293T cells is treated with nicotinamide riboside (NR), which can be useful for maintaining high NAD+ levels and increasing cell viability in the presence of constitutively active SARMl molecules. In some embodiments, an inhibitor is identified as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+ to ADPR (or cADPR) is greater than 4: 1. In some embodiments, the candidate inhibitor compound is identified as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+ to ADPR (or cADPR) is greater than 1 : 1, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1, 5: 1, 6: 1, 7: 1, 8: 1, 9: 1 or 10: 1.
[00176] In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SAM-TIR fragment having constitutive NADase activity.
[00177] Fragments of SARMl having constitutive NADase activity include, for example and without limitation, a SARMl deleted for the autoinhibitory domain; at least one point mutation of SARMl that renders the autoinhibitory domain inactive; a fragment of SARMl consisting of the TIR domain; or a fragment of SARMl consisting of the SAM and TIR domains. A polypeptide of the present teachings can further include one or more additional amino acid sequences that can act as tags, such as a His tag, a streptavidin tag, or a combination thereof. A polypeptide can include a tag at the amino terminal end, at the carboxy terminal end, or a combination thereof.
[00178] In some embodiments, SAM-TIR domains can include human SAM-TIR:
VPSWKEAEVQTWLQQIGFSKYCESFREQQVDGDLLLRLTEEELQTDLGMKSGITRKR
FFRELTELKTFANYSTCDRSNLADWLGSLDPRFRQYTYGLVSCGLDRSLLHRVSEQQ
[00179] LLEDCGIHLGVHRARILTAAREMLHSPLPCTGGKPSGDTPDVFISYRRNSG
SQLASLLKVHLQLHGFSVFIDVEKLEAGKFEDKLIQSVMGARNFVLVLSPGALDKCM
QDHDCKDWVHKEIVTALSCGKNIVPIIDGFEWPEPQVLPEDMQAVLTFNGIKWSHEY
QEATIEK IIRFLQGRSSRDSSAGSDTSLEGAAPMGPT (SEQ ID NO: 1).
[00180] The present teachings also provide for the use of isolated TIR domain constructs. [00181] These include constructs including the Human SARMl-TIR domain: TPDVFISYRRNSGSQLASLLKVHLQLHGFSVFIDVEKLEAGKFEDKLIQSVMGARNFV L VL SPGALDKCMQDHD CKDWVHKEI VT AL S C GKNI VPIIDGFEWPEP Q VLPEDMQ A VLTFNGIKWSHEYQEATIEKIIRFLQGRSSRDSSAGSDTSLEGAAPMGPT (SEQ ID NO:
2);
[00182] Mouse SARMl-TIR:
TPDVFISYRRNSGSQLASLLKVHLQLHGFSVFIDVEKLEAGKFEDKLIQSVIAARNFVL VLSAGALDKCMQDHDCKDWVHKEIVTALSCGKNIVPIIDGFEWPEPQALPEDMQAV LTFNGIKWSHEYQEATIEKIIRFLQGRPSQDSSAGSDTSLEGATPMGLP (SEQ ID NO: 3)
[00183] and Zebrafish SARMl-TIR:
PDVFISYRRTTGSQLASLLKVHLQLRGFSVFIDVEKLEAGRFEEKLITSVQRARNFILV LSANALDKCMGDVAMKTJWVHKEIVTALNGKXNIVPVTDNFVWPDPTSLPEDMSTI LJ^NGIKWSHEYQEATIEOLPJLEGCPSQEKPDGAKTDKKEPQKK (SEQ ID NO: 4). A skilled artisan will be able to identify mutations or fragments which lack NADase activity.
[00184] In some embodiments, an active mutant or fragment of a SARM1 protein is hSARMl-TIR (561-724), mSARMl-TIR (561-724), zfSARMl-TIR (554-713), MyD88-TIR (148-296), or TLR4-TIR (670-839).
[00185] In some embodiments, an active mutant or fragment of a SARM1 protein is hSARMl-TIR (561-724), mSARMl-TIR (561-724), zfSARMl-TIR (554-713), MyD88-TIR (148-296), or TLR4-TIR (670-839).
[00186] For ease in purification, a SARMl-TIR domain can be engineered with various protein tags. These tags include, such as and without limitation, FLAG, His, Strep-tag, and VENUS tag.
[00187] As used herein, a streptavidin tag is a protein domain that has affinity for a bioengineered streptavidin protein. It can have a sequence, such as but without limitation, of Trp-Ser-His-Pro-Gln-Phe-Glu-Lys (SEQ ID NO: 5). Expression vectors and resins are sold under the trade names such as Strep-tag® and Strep-Tactin® (IB A, Gottingen, Germany).
[00188] As used herein, NRK1 -HEK293T cells refer to an HEK293 cell line that expresses a Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRK1). NRK1 has sequence MKRFVIGIGGVTNGGKTTLAKSLQKHLPNCSVISQDDFFKPESEIDIDENGFLQYDVL EALNMEKMMSAVSCWMENPGSSAGPAALESAQGVPILIIEGFLLFNYKPLDTIWNRS YFLTVPYEECKRRRSTRVYEPPDPPGYFDGHVWPMYLKHRQEMSSITWDIVYLDGT RSEEDLFSQVYEDVKQELEKQNGL (SEQ ID NO: 6). These cells can be stably transformed or transfected with NRK1 or transiently transformed or transfected with NRK1. In some configurations, NRK1 can be transformed or transfected from an expression vector such as but without limitation an FCIV expression vector (Araki, T., et al, Science 305: 1010- 1013, 2004). In some configurations, NRK1-HEK293T cells can comprise a polyclonal cell line that has been stably transfected with an FCIV expression vector that expresses human Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRK1).
[00189] In some embodiments, the mixture can comprise a purified SAM-TIR polypeptide. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 (SEQ ID NO:8). In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of human SARMl residues 560-724. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of human SARMl residues 560-723. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of human SARMl residues 560-722. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of human SARMl residues 560-721. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl can consist of or consist essentially of a mutant or fragment of SARMl from any species which has a polypeptide homologous to human SARMl, such as, for example and without limitation, a murine SARMl polypeptide fragment homologous to human residues 410 to 721. In some embodiments, the SARMl mutant or SARMl fragment is a human SARMl mutant or fragment, a mouse SARMl mutant or fragment, a zebrafish SARMl mutant or fragment, a chimpanzee SARMl mutant or fragment, a Rhesus monkey SARMl mutant or fragment, a canine SARMl mutant or fragment, a rat SARMl mutant or fragment, a chicken SARMl mutant or fragment, Drosophila SARMl mutant or fragment, a mosquito SARMl mutant or fragment, a C.elegans SARMl mutant or fragment, or a frog SARMl mutant or fragment. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an N- terminal auto-inhibitory domain. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity is from about 150 to about 300 amino acid residues in length. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity is from about 160 to about 310 amino acid residues in length. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity is from about 160 to about 320 amino acid residues in length.
[00190] In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has a sequence that has at least 70% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has a sequence that has at least 80% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has a sequence that has at least 90% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity has a sequence that has at least 95% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and at least 70% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity, has conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, deletions, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and at least 80% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity, has conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, deletions, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and at least 90% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity, has conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, deletions, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and at least 95% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity, has conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, deletions, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and a sequence that has at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90% or at least 95% sequence identity with a human SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity, has an artificial sequence, or has a sequence identical to a homologous or orthologous sequence from SARMl of a non-human species. [00191] In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity is a full-length SARMl polypeptide.
[00192] In some embodiments, the present teachings include a host cell, e.g., a bacterium such as an E. coli that harbors a nucleic acid that encodes a mutant or fragment of SARMl of eukaryotic origin has constitutive NADase activity. In some embodiments, the present teachings include a bacterium such as an E. coli that harbors a mutant SARMl polypeptide of eukaryotic origin that has constitutive NADase activity.
[00193] In some embodiments, a method of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor comprises: a) providing a mixture comprising i) a mutant or fragment of SARMl, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the mutant or fragment has constitutive NADase activity; b) incubating the mixture; c) quantifying NAD+ in the mixture after the incubating; and d) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the amount of NAD+ is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
[00194] In some embodiments, provided are methods of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor, comprising: a) providing a mixture comprising i) a full-length SARMl, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the full-length SARMl has constitutive NADase activity; b) incubating the mixture; c) quantifying NAD+ and ADPR (or cADPR) in the mixture after the incubating; d) determining the molar ratio of NAD+: ADPR (or cADPR); and e) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
[00195] In some embodiments, provided are methods of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor, comprising: a) providing a mixture comprising a solid support to which is bound i) a full-length SARMl and at least one tag, ii) NAD+, and iii) a candidate inhibitor; b) incubating the mixture; c) quantifying the NAD+ after the incubating; and d) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the concentration of NAD+ is greater than that of a control.
[00196] In some embodiments, provided are methods of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor, comprising: a) providing a mixture comprising i) a full-length SARMl, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the full-length SARMl has constitutive NADase activity; b) incubating the mixture; c) quantifying NAD+ in the mixture after the incubating; and d) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the amount of NAD+ is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
[00197] In some embodiments, provided are methods of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor, comprising: a) providing a mixture comprising i) a full-length SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the full-length SARMl has constitutive NADase activity; b) incubating the mixture; c) quantifying NAD+ and at least one NADase cleavage product in the mixture after the incubating; and d) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+ to the at least one NADase cleavage product is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
[00198] In some embodiments, the quantifying NAD+ in the mixture comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of performing a chemiluminescence assay. In some embodiments, the quantifying NAD+ in the mixture comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of performing an HPLC analysis. In some embodiments, the mixture can comprise a purified SAM-TIR fragment. In some embodiments, the mixture comprises a cell lysate comprising the mutant or fragment of SARMl. In some embodiments, the cell lysate is a lysate of NRK1-HEK293T cells comprising the mutant or fragment of SARMl. In some embodiments, the NRK1-HEK293T cells comprising the mutant or fragment of SARMl is treated with NR. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SAM-TIR fragment. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of, human SARMl residues 410 to 721 (SEQ ID NO:8). In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of murine SARMl residues homologous to those of human SARMl. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an N- terminal auto-inhibitory domain.
[00199] In some embodiments, a polypeptide comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of a) a mutant or fragment of SARMl, wherein the mutant or fragment has constitutive NADase activity; and b) at least one tag. In some embodiments, the at least one tag is selected from the group consisting of a streptavidin tag, a His tag, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SAM-TIR fragment. In some embodiments, a mutant or fragment comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of a SAM- TIR fragment, a His tag, and a streptavidin tag. In some embodiments, the streptavidin tag is a tandem streptavidin tag. In some embodiments, a polypeptide comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of an amino terminal tandem streptavidin, a SAM-TIR fragment, and a C- terminal His tag. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain. In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 (SEQ ID NO:8). In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of murine SARMl residues which are homologous to those of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 (SEQ ID NO:8). In some embodiments, the mutant or fragment of SARMl comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 In some embodiments, the polypeptide is immobilized on a solid support. In some embodiments, the solid support is a bead. In some embodiments, vectors include a plasmid or virus comprising a sequence encoding a polypeptide described herein.
[00200] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor, which comprises: a) providing a mixture comprising NAD+ and a bead to which is bound a polypeptide consisting of a mutant or fragment of SARMl having constitutive NADase activity; b) adding a candidate inhibitor to the mixture; c) incubating the mixture; d) quantifying the NAD+ in the mixture; and e) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as a SARMl inhibitor if the concentration of NAD+ is greater than that of a control. In some embodiments, provided methods include stopping NADase activity (if any) in the mixture after the incubating. In some embodiments, the polypeptide further includes at least one tag, such as an N-terminal tag. In some embodiments, the N-terminal tag is a streptavidin tag. In some embodiments, the N-terminal tag is a tandem streptavidin tag. In some embodiments, the at least one tag is a C-terminal tag. In some embodiments, the C- terminal tag is a polyhistidine tag. In some embodiments, the bead is a histidine tag purification bead. In some embodiments, the at least one tag is at least two tags. In some embodiments, the at least two tags is an N-terminal tag and a C-terminal tag. In some embodiments, the N-terminal tag is a tandem streptavidin tag and the C-terminal tag is a polyhistidine tag. In some embodiments, the quantifying NAD+ comprises performing an HPLC-based analysis. In some embodiments, the quantifying NAD+ and ADPR (or cADPR) comprises performing an LC/MS-based analysis. In some embodiments, a candidate inhibitor compound is identified as a SARMl inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD to ADPR (or cADPR) is greater than 4: 1. In some embodiments, a candidate inhibitor compound is identified as a SARMl inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD to ADPR (or cADPR) is greater than 1 : 1, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1, 5: 1, 6: 1, 7: 1, 8: 1, 9: 1, or 10: 1.
[00201] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment may be bound to a solid support such as a bead. In some embodiments, the SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment bound to a solid support comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of SAM-TIR, a TIR domain, or a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an autoinhibitory domain. In some embodiments, the SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment is selected from the group consisting of a human SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment, a mouse SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment, and a zebrafish SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment. In some embodiments, the SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment further comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of a tag. In some embodiments, a SARMl polypeptide mutant or fragment having NADase activity comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of a SARMl mutant or fragment bound to a solid support via a protein tag.
[00202] In some embodiments, a method of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor comprises: a) providing a mixture comprising at least one cultured neuron comprising an axon; b) adding a candidate SARMl NADase inhibitor to the mixture; c) adding a labeled NAM to the mixture and transecting the axon; d) incubating the mixture; and e) quantifying the amount of labeled and unlabeled NAD+ in the mixture. In some embodiments, provided methods can further comprise f) calculating the net rate of NAD+ consumption, for example by calculating the % decrease of unlabeled over total NAD+ (e.g., light NAD over total (light plus heavy) NAD+) over time. In some embodiments, the calculation is expressed, for example, as %/hr. In some embodiments, an inhibitor of SARMl is identified when there is a decrease in the post-injury NAD+ consumption rate compared to that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor. In some embodiments, the labeled NAM is deuterium labeled ("heavy") NAM. In some embodiments, the labeled NAM is d4-NAM. In some embodiments, the quantifying of labeled and unlabeled NAD+ is performed using analytical methods such as LC-MS/MS. In some embodiments, the at least one cultured neuron is at least one dorsal root ganglion cultured neuron.
[00203] In some embodiments, a method of identifying an inhibitor of axonal degeneration comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of: a) providing a mixture comprising at least one cultured neuron comprising an axon; b) adding a candidate inhibitor to the mixture; c) disrupting the neuron; d) calculating the degeneration index using at least one microscope image (Sasaki, Y. et al, Journal of Neuroscience 2009 29(17): 5525-5535); and f) identifying an inhibitor of axon degeneration when there is a significant decrease in the degeneration index compared to a control with no inhibitor. In some embodiments, disrupting the neuron comprises transecting the axon. In some embodiments, disrupting the neuron comprises adding vincristine to the mixture.
[00204] In some embodiments, the present disclosure also provides an NRK1-HEK293 cell line comprising HEK293T cells transformed with a Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl). In some embodiments, the NRK1-HEK293 cells transformed or transfected with a DNA sequence encoding Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl). In some embodiments, the DNA encoding NRKl can be genomic or cDNA. In some embodiments, an NRK1- HEK293 cell is stably or transiently transformed or transfected with DNA encoding NRKl from a source exogenous to the host cell. In some embodiments, an NRK1-HEK293 cell is stably or transiently transformed or transfected with DNA encoding NRKl such that the cell expresses NRKl at an elevated level compared to control cells. In some embodiments, the DNA encoding NRKl is under the control of one or more exogenous regulatory sequences such as a promoter, an enhancer or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, a combination of a DNA sequence encoding NRKl and regulatory sequences is a non-naturally occurring combination. In some embodiments, DNA encoding NRKl, either genomic or cDNA, comprises an expression vector such as an FCIV expression vector. In some embodiments, DNA encoding NRKl originates from genomic DNA or cDNA, and can be from a vertebrate or invertebrate species such as but not limited to human, mouse, zebrafish or a Drosophila. In some configurations, the NRKl DNA is a human NRKl DNA.
Pharmaceutical Uses [00205] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity for treatment of neurodegenerative or neurological diseases or disorders that involve axon degeneration or axonopathy. The present disclosure also provides methods of using inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity to treat, prevent or ameliorate axonal degeneration, axonopathies and neurodegenerative or neurological diseases or disorders that involve axonal degeneration.
[00206] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of treating neurodegenerative or neurological diseases or disorders related to axonal degeneration, axonal damage, axonopathies, demyelinating diseases, central pontine myelinolysis, nerve injury diseases or disorders, metabolic diseases, mitochondrial diseases, metabolic axonal degeneration, axonal damage resulting from a leukoencephalopathy or a leukodystrophy.
[00207] Such neurodegenerative or neurological diseases or disorders may include spinal cord injury, stroke, multiple sclerosis, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, congenital hypomyelination, encephalomyelitis, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, central pontine myelolysis, osmotic hyponatremia, hypoxic demyelination, ischemic demyelination, adrenoleukodystrophy, Alexander's disease, Niemann-Pick disease, Pelizaeus Merzbacher disease, periventricular leukomalacia, globoid cell leukodystrophy (Krabbe's disease), Wallerian degeneration, optic neuritis, transverse myelitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS, Lou Gehrig's disease), Huntington's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Tay-Sacks disease, Gaucher's disease, Hurler Syndrome, traumatic brain injury, post radiation injury, neurologic complications of chemotherapy (chemotherapy induced neuropathy; CIPN), neuropathy, acute ischemic optic neuropathy, vitamin Bi2 deficiency, isolated vitamin E deficiency syndrome, Bassen-Kornzweig syndrome, Glaucoma, Leber's hereditary optic atrophy, Leber congenital amaurosis, neuromyelitis optica, metachromatic leukodystrophy, acute hemorrhagic leukoencephalitis, trigeminal neuralgia, Bell's palsy, cerebral ischemia, multiple system atrophy, traumatic glaucoma, tropical spastic paraparesis human T-lymphotropic virus 1 (HTLV-1) associated myelopathy, west nile virus encephalopathy, La Crosse virus encephalitis, Bunyavirus encephalitis, pediatric viral encephalitis, essential tremor, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, motorneuron disease, spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), hereditary sensory and autonomic neuropathy (HSAN), adrenomyeloneuropathy, progressive supra nuclear palsy (PSP), Friedrich's ataxia, hereditary ataxias, noise induced hearing loss, congenital hearing loss.
[00208] In some embodiments, a neuropathy or axonopathy associated with axonal degeneration can be any of a number of neuropathies or axonopathys such as, for example, those that are hereditary or congenital or associated with Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Herpes infection, diabetes, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, a demyelinating disease, ischemia or stroke, chemical injury, thermal injury, and AIDS. In addition, neurodegenerative diseases not mentioned above as well as a subset of the above mentioned diseases can also be treated with the methods of the present disclosure. Such subsets of diseases can include Parkinson's disease or non-Parkinson's diseases, or Alzheimer's disease.
[00209] Neuropathies and axonopathies can include any disease or condition involving neurons and/or supporting cells, such as for example, glia, muscle cells or fibroblasts, and, in particular, those diseases or conditions involving axonal damage. Axonal damage can be caused by traumatic injury or by non-mechanical injury due to diseases, conditions, or exposure to toxic molecules or drugs. The result of such damage can be degeneration or dysfunction of the axon and loss of functional neuronal activity. Disease and conditions producing or associated with such axonal damage are among a large number of neuropathic diseases and conditions. Such neuropathies can include peripheral neuropathies, central neuropathies, and combinations thereof. Furthermore, peripheral neuropathic manifestations can be produced by diseases focused primarily in the central nervous systems and central nervous system manifestations can be produced by essentially peripheral or systemic diseases.
[00210] Peripheral neuropathies can involve damage to the peripheral nerves, and can be caused by diseases of the nerves or as the result of systemic illnesses. Some such diseases can include diabetes, uremia, infectious diseases such as AIDs or leprosy, nutritional deficiencies, vascular or collagen disorders such as atherosclerosis, and autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, and polyarteritis nodosa. Peripheral nerve degeneration can also result from traumatic (mechanical) damage to nerves as well as chemical or thermal damage to nerves. Such conditions that injure peripheral nerves include compression or entrapment injuries such as glaucoma, carpal tunnel syndrome, direct trauma, penetrating injuries, contusions, fracture or dislocated bones; pressure involving superficial nerves (ulna, radial, or peroneal) which can result from prolonged use of crutches or staying in one position for too long, or from a tumor; intraneural hemorrhage; ischemia; exposure to cold or radiation or certain medicines or toxic substances such as herbicides or pesticides. In particular, the nerve damage can result from chemical injury due to a cytotoxic anticancer agent such as, for example, taxol, cisplatinin, a proteasome inhibitor, or a vinca alkaloid such as vincristine. Typical symptoms of such peripheral neuropathies include weakness, numbness, paresthesia (abnormal sensations such as burning, tickling, pricking or tingling) and pain in the arms, hands, legs and/or feet. The neuropathy can also be associated with mitochondrial dysfunction. Such neuropathies can exhibit decreased energy levels, i.e., decreased levels of NAD and ATP.
[00211] A peripheral neuropathy can also be a metabolic and endocrine neuropathy which includes a wide spectrum of peripheral nerve disorders associated with systemic diseases of metabolic origin. These diseases include, for example, diabetes mellitus, hypoglycemia, uremia, hypothyroidism, hepatic failure, polycythemia, amyloidosis, acromegaly, porphyria, disorders of lipid/glycolipid metabolism, nutritional/vitamin deficiencies, and mitochondrial disorders, among others. The common hallmark of these diseases is involvement of peripheral nerves by alteration of the structure or function of myelin and axons due to metabolic pathway dysregulation.
[00212] Neuropathies can also include optic neuropathies such as glaucoma; retinal ganglion degeneration such as those associated with retinitis pigmentosa and outer retinal neuropathies; optic nerve neuritis and/or degeneration including that associated with multiple sclerosis; traumatic injury to the optic nerve which can include, for example, injury during tumor removal; hereditary optic neuropathies such as Kjer's disease and Leber's hereditary optic neuropathy; ischemic optic neuropathies, such as those secondary to giant cell arteritis; metabolic optic neuropathies such as neurodegenerative disesases including Leber's neuropathy mentioned earlier, nutritional deficiencies such as deficiencies in vitamins Bi2 or folic acid, and toxicities such as due to ethambutol or cyanide; neuropathies caused by adverse drug reactions and neuropathies caused by vitamin deficiency. Ischemic optic neuropathies also include non-arteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy.
[00213] Neurodegenerative diseases that are associated with neuropathy or axonopathy in the central nervous system include a variety of diseases. Such diseases include those involving progressive dementia such as, for example, Alzheimer's disease, senile dementia, Pick's disease, and Huntington's disease; central nervous system diseases affecting muscle function such as, for example, Parkinson's disease, motor neuron diseases and progressive ataxias such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; demyelinating diseases such as, for example multiple sclerosis; viral encephalitides such as, for example, those caused by enteroviruses, arboviruses, and herpes simplex virus; and prion diseases. Mechanical injuries such as glaucoma or traumatic injuries to the head and spine can also cause nerve injury and degeneration in the brain and spinal cord. In addition, ischemia and stroke as well as conditions such as nutritional deficiency and chemical toxicity such as with chemotherapeutic agents can cause central nervous system neuropathies.
[00214] As used herein, the terms "treatment," "treat," and "treating" refer to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, as described herein. In some embodiments, treatment may be administered after one or more symptoms have developed. In other embodiments, treatment may be administered in the absence of symptoms. For example, treatment may be administered to a susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their recurrence.
[00215] The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like. A provided compound or composition of the present disclosure is preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. The expression "dosage unit form" as used herein refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of a provided compound or composition of the present disclosure will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
[00216] A pharmaceutically acceptable composition of this disclosure can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, intravenously, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, as an oral or nasal spray, or the like, depending on the severity of the infection being treated. In certain embodiments, a provided compound of the present disclosure may be administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg and preferably from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
[00217] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, com, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
[00218] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S. P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables. [00219] The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[00220] In order to prolong the effect of a provided compound, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of a compound from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the compound then depends upon its rate of dissolution that, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered compound form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending a compound in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of a compound in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping a compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
[00221] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this disclosure with suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
[00222] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
[00223] Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
[00224] A provided compound can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
[00225] Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this disclosure include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this disclosure. Additionally, the present disclosure contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
[00226] According to one embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a method of inhibiting SARM1 NADase activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a provided compound, or a composition comprising said compound.
[00227] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure relates to a method of treating axonal degeneration in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a a provided compound, or a composition comprising said compound.
[00228] The term "biological sample", as used herein, includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
[00229] Inhibition of enzymes in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limited to biological assays, gene expression studies, and biological target identification.
[00230] Another embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a method of inhibiting SARMl NADase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a provided compound, or a composition comprising said compound.
[00231] Those additional agents may be administered separately from a provided compound or composition thereof, as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a provided compound in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another, normally within five hours from one another. [00232] As used herein, the term "combination," "combined," and related terms refers to the simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance with this disclosure. For example, a provided compound may be administered with another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form. Accordingly, the present disclosure provides a single unit dosage form comprising a provided compound, an additional therapeutic agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
[00233] The amount of both, a provided compound and additional therapeutic agent (in those compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent as described above) that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Preferably, compositions of this disclosure should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of a provided compound can be administered.
[00234] In those compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent, that additional therapeutic agent and a provided compound may act synergistically. Therefore, the amount of additional therapeutic agent in such compositions will be less than that required in a monotherapy utilizing only that therapeutic agent. In such compositions a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 μg/kg body weight/day of the additional therapeutic agent can be administered.
[00235] The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in a composition comprising a provided compound will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the amount of additional therapeutic agent in a provided composition will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
EXEMPLIFICATION
[00236] The present teachings including descriptions provided in the Examples that are not intended to limit the scope of any claim. Unless specifically presented in the past tense, inclusion in the Examples is not intended to imply that the experiments were actually performed.. The following non-limiting examples are provided to further illustrate the present teachings. Those of skill in the art, in light of the present disclosure, will appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments that are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope of the present teachings.
Materials and Methods for Examples 1-10
NRK1-HEK293T cell lines.
[00237] A clonal HEK293T cell line (NRKl -HEK293T) that expresses Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl) was developed so that supplementation with NR during protein expression would significantly augment cellular NAD+ levels and maintain cell viability adequate for protein purification (FIG. 3). FIG. 3 illustrates that a NRK1-HEK293T stable line with NR supplementation maintains higher NAD+ levels upon SARM1-TIR expression. Data was generated from three independent NAD+ measurements from three independent transfection experiments, and normalized to data from a non-transfected experiment run concurrently. Data are presented as mean ± SEM; Error bars: SEM; *** P < 0.001 two tailed student's t-test.
Methods.
[00238] Some methods and compositions described herein utilize laboratory techniques well known to skilled artisans, and can be found in laboratory manuals such as Sambrook, J., et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd ed. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 2001 ; Methods In Molecular Biology, ed. Richard, Humana Press, NJ, 1995; Spector, D. L. et al, Cells: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1998; and Harlow, E., Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1999. Methods of administration of pharmaceuticals and dosage regimes, can be determined according to standard principles of pharmacology, using methods provided by standard reference texts such as Remington: the Science and Practice of Pharmacy (Alfonso R. Gennaro ed. 19th ed. 1995); Hardman, J.G, et al, Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Ninth Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1996; and Rowe, R.C., et al., Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, Fourth Edition, Pharmaceutical Press, 2003. Reagents.
[00239] MagStrep (Strep-Tactin) type 3 XT beads (IBA-Lifesciences, 2-4090-002). Dynabeads HisTag Isolation and Pulldown (ThermoFisher, 10103D). Biotin (Sigma, B4501). β-Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide (Sigma), Nicotinic Acid Adenine Dinucleotide (Sigma), SYPRO Ruby Protein Gel stain (ThermoFisher, S 12000), X-tremeGENE 9 DNA transfection reagent (Roche), Shuffle T7 Express Competent E-coli (New England BioLabs)
Cell Culture.
[00240] HEK293T and NRK1 -HEK293T cells were maintained in 10% FBS in DMEM, supplemented with penicillin/streptomycin and glutamine, and passaged by suspending in 0.05% trypsin. Cell lines were continuously monitored for contamination. A batch of HEK293T was tested for Mycoplasma contamination. HEK293T was obtained from ATCC. NRK1-HEK293T is a cell line developed that stably expresses Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRK1) so that supplementation with Nicotinamide Riboside (NR), an NAD+ biosynthetic precursor, during protein expression would significantly augment cellular NAD+ levels and maintain cell viability adequate for protein purification.
Recombinant DNA.
[00241] Mammalian Expression constructs were cloned into FCIV lentiviral vector: StrepTag-hSARMl-TIR-Venus, StrepTag-hSARMl-TIR(E596K)-Venus, StrepTag-GST- MyD88-TIR, StrepTag-GST-TLR4-TIR, StrepTag-hSARMl-TIR-Venus-HisTag, StrepTag- hSARMl -TIR(E596K)-Venus-HisTag.
[00242] Bacterial expression constructs were cloned into pET30a+: StrepTag-hSARMl- TIR-HisTag, StrepTag-mSARMl-TIR-HisTag, StrepTag-zfSARMlTIR-HisTag.
TIR domain residues:
hSARMl-TIR (561-724), mSARMl-TIR (561-724), zfSARMl-TIR (554-713), MyD88-TIR (148-296), TLR4-TIR (670-839).
Mouse embryonic dorsal root ganglion (DRG) neuronal culture. [00243] DRG neurons were isolated from SARMl-/- E13.5 mouse embryos as previously described (Gerdts et al, 2015, Science 348, 453-457) and seeded on plates pre-coated with poly-D-Lysine (Sigma-Aldrich) and laminin (Life Technologies). DRG neurons were maintained in neurobasal medium supplemented with L-glutamine, 2% B27 (Gibco), 50ng/mL nerve growth factor (Envigo Bioproducts), and ΙμΜ 5-fluoro-2'deoxyuridine plus Ι μΜ uridine (Sigma-Aldrich). On DIV 1, neurons were transduced with lenti viral particles generated from HEK293T cells as previously described (Sasaki et al., 2009, J. Neurosci., 29, 5525-5535) expressing Venus alone or the indicated SARMl construct fused to Venus at the C-terminus. Axons from SARMl-/- DRGs expressing the indicated construct were severed with a razor blade or treated with 40 nM vincristine on DIV 7. SARMl-/- mice (C57/BL6) were housed (12 hr dark/light cycle and less than 5 mice per cage) and used under the direction of institutional animal study guidelines at Washington University in St. Louis.
Protein Expression and purification from NRK1-HEK293T stable line.
[00244] Approximately 10 million cells were plated and transfected the next day with 15 μg of StrepTag SARM1-TIR construct DNA using X-tremeGENE™ 9 reagent (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO). Nicotinamide Riboside (NR) was added at a final concentration of 1 mM to improve cell viability. After 2 days the cells were harvested and lysed by sonication in binding buffer (50 mM Sodium Phosphate buffer pH 8, 300 mM Sodium Chloride, 0.01% Tween-20, protease inhibitor tablets). For single step affinity purification, the whole cell lysates were incubated with 20 μΐ. MagStrep (Strep-Tactin) type 3 XT beads suspension (IB A Lifesciences) for 30 min. The beads were then washed three times with binding buffer and resuspended in 100 μΐ. of binding buffer for enzymatic assays and other downstream applications.
Tandem Affinity purification (TAP) from NRK1-HEK293T stable line.
[00245] Dual tagged (Strep-tag and His tag SARMl -TIR) proteins were first purified by Strep Tag affinity methods as described above. For tandem affinity purification, the proteins were then eluted from MagStrep type 3 XT beads with 22.5 mM biotin for 25 min. Supernatant containing the eluted protein was separated from MagStrep beads, and then incubated with 10 Co2+ Dynabead suspension for 30 min to bind SARMl -TIR proteins via the His tag. The beads were then washed at least two times with binding buffer and resuspended in 100 of binding buffer for downstream applications.
Bacterial protein expression and Tandem Affinity Purification (TAP).
[00246] The appropriate dual tag (StrepTag and HisTag) SARM1-TIR was cloned into a pET30a+ plasmid. These constructs as well as non-recombinant pET30a+ were transformed into Shuffle T7 Express Competent E.-coli (New England BioLabs). Single colonies were grown overnight and the next day, cultures were diluted in LB media, grown at 30°C until they reached A600 = 0.4-0.8, when IPTG (0.5 mM final concentration) was added. The bacteria were grown for an additional 4 h, pelleted by centrifugation, washed with PBS and stored at -80° C. For protein purification, the frozen bacterial pellet was thawed on ice, resuspended in binding buffer (without protease inhibitors) and incubated with 100 μg/mL lysozyme for 15 min on ice.
[00247] Protease inhibitor cocktail was then added and the cells were lysed by sonication. Tandem affinity purification was carried out as described above.
Preparation of peptides for LC-MS.
[00248] Purified TAP complexes were eluted by boiling the cobalt magnetic beads for 15 min in Tris-HCl buffer (pH 7.6, 100 mM) (40 \L) containing 4% SDS and dithiothreitol (100 mM). The beads were spun at 16,000 x g for 5 min and the eluted proteins were mixed with 300 μΐ. of Tris-HCl buffer (pH 8.5, 100 mM) containing 8M urea. The SDS was removed using a filter-aided-sample-preparation (FASP) method (Wisniewski et al, Nat. Methods, 2009, 6, 359-362.). After buffer exchange, 100 \L of buffer (ammonium bicarbonate, pH 7.8, 50 mM) was pipetted into the Microcon® filtration unit (YM-30) and trypsin was added (1 μg in 1 μί). The digest was incubated for 4h at 37°C and then overnight in a humid chamber after the addition of another aliquot of trypsin. The digest was acidified (5 μΐ. of neat formic acid) and the peptides were recovered by centrifugation to the lower chamber. The acidified peptides were treated with ethyl acetate as previously described (Erde et al, J. Proteome Res., 2014, 13, 1885-1895). The peptides were desalted by solid phase extraction on a Beckman BioMek NxP robot with C4 and porous graphite carbon Nutips (Glygen) (Chen et al, Mol. Cell. Proteomics, 2012, 11, Ml 11.011445). The peptides that eluted with acetonitrile (60% in 1% formic acid) were combined, dried in a vacuum centrifuge, dissolved in acetonitrile/formic acid (1%/0.1%) (16 μί). An aliquot (2 uL) was taken for analysis using a fluorescent assay (ThermoFisher Scientific) and the remainder was pipetted into autosampler vials (SU -SRi), concentrated by vacuum centrifugation and dissolved in aqueous TFA (0.1%) (0.6/μg) for LC-MS analysis (see below).
NADase assay and metabolite extraction.
[00249] Ten microliters of beads incubated with the indicated cell lysate were incubated with 5 μΜ NAD+ in reaction buffer (92.4 mM NaCl and 0.64X PBS). Reactions were carried out at 25° C for the indicated amount of time and stopped by addition of 1M of perchloric acid (HC104) and placing the tube on ice. NAD+ metabolites were extracted using HC104/K2C03 method and quantified by HPLC (see HPLC for metabolite measurement). For LC-MS/MS analysis, the extraction was performed using 50% Methanol in distilled water and chloroform (see LC-MS/MS metabolite measurement for further details).
HPLC metabolite measurement.
[00250] Metabolites were isolated from enzyme reaction mixture by extracting with 1M HC104, then neutralized with 3M K2CO3, and followed by separation by centrifugation. The supernatant (90 μΥ containing the extracted metabolites was mixed with 0.5M Potassium Phosphate buffer (10 μΥ and metabolites were analyzed by HPLC (Nexera X2) with Kinetex (100 x 3 mm, 2.6 μπι; Phenomenex) column. Internal standards for NAD+, Nicotinamide (Nam), Nicotinic Acid Adenine Dinucleotide (NaAD), ADP Ribose (ADPR) or cADPR were used to generate standard curves for quantification of the respective compounds. The levels for each compound in each experimental sample were normalized to the 0 min time point that was analyzed concurrently.
LC-MS/MS metabolite measurement.
[00251] Samples were prepared by mixing the reactions with 50% methanol in distilled water. The samples were placed on ice, and centrifuged.
[00252] Soluble metabolites in the supernatant were extracted with chloroform, and the aqueous phase was lyophilized and stored at -20° C until LC-MS/MS analysis. [00253] For LC-MS/MS, the metabolite samples were reconstituted with 5 mM ammonium formate, centrifuged 12,000 x g for 10 min, and the cleared supernatant was applied to the LC-MS/MS for metabolite identification and quantification. Liquid chromatography was performed using an HPLC system (1290; Agilent) with a Synergi Fusion-RP (4.6 x 150mm, 4μιη; Phenomenex) column. Samples (10 μΐ) were injected at a flow rate of 0.55 ml/min with 5 mM ammonium formate for mobile phase A and 100% methanol for mobile phase B. Metabolites were eluted with gradients of 0-7 min, 0-70% B; 7-8 min, 70% B; 9-12 min, 0% B. The metabolites were detected with a Triple Quad mass spectrometer (6460 MassHunter; Agilent) under positive ESI multiple reaction monitoring (MRM). Metabolites were quantified with the aid of a MassHunter quantitative analysis tool (Agilent) with standard curves. Standard curves for each compound were generated by analyzing NAD+, ADPR, and Nam reconstituted in 5 mM ammonium formate. The levels for each compound in each experimental sample were normalized to the 0 min time point that was analyzed concurrently. Sample identity was blinded to individual performing experiment.
Endogenous bacterial and mammalian cell NAD+ quantification.
[00254] Overnight cultures of E. coli harboring a SARMl-TIR construct were diluted and grown at 30° C until they reached A600= 0.4-0.8. IPTG (0.1 mM final concentration) was added to induce protein expression and the cultures were harvested 60 min later. The cultures were normalized to A600= 0.5 ± 0.05 and the pellet from 500 μΐ of culture suspension was lysed by adding 0.5M HC104. NAD+ metabolites were extracted using HC104/K2C03 method and measured by HPLC. Two hundred thousand NRK1-HEK293T cells grown in presence of NR were transfected with 1 μg SARMl-TIR expression construct. After two days, the NAD+ metabolites were extracted with 0.5M HC104 and 3M K2CO3 and measured by HPLC.
[00255] SYPRO Ruby Gel Staining.
[00256] Purified bead-SARMl-TIR protein complexes were boiled in Laemmli buffer for 10 min and separated on a 10% Bis-Tris Plus gel. After electrophoresis, the gel was fixed in 50% Methanol/7% acetic acid for 30 min x 2, then incubated overnight in SYPRO Ruby Protein Gel stain (Thermo Fisher). The next day, the gel was washed with 10% methanol/7% acetic acid solution for 30 min, rinsed in distilled water for 5 minutes x 2, and stained proteins were visualized with a UV transilluminator.
[00257] Enzyme kinetics studies.
[00258] Vmax, Km, kcat were determined from the reaction velocity of NAD+ consumption in the first 60 seconds of reaction for increasing substrate (NAD+) concentration, and fitting the data to the Michaelis-Menten equation using nonlinear curve fit in GraphPad Prism 7 (GraphPad Software, Inc., La Jolla, CA). kcat was calculated per dimer of purified hSARMl-TIR. Data are presented as Mean ± SEM from three independents biological samples and reaction measurements. Enzyme concentration was determined via densitometry analysis on a SYPRO Ruby gel of purified protein, with carbonic anhydrase used as a standard.
[00259] Enzyme inhibition studies.
[00260] Purified bacterial hSARMl-TIR was tested in the NADase assay with the addition of 1 mM Nam or 1 mM ADPR in the reaction mixture. For dose- response inhibition experiments, varying concentrations of Nam (1, 10, 102, 103, 104 μΜ) were added to the reaction mixture. The reaction was stopped after 5 min and NAD+ metabolites were extracted by the perchloric acid method and measured by HPLC as indicated above.
[00261] Axonal NAD + measurement.
[00262] SARM1-/- DRGs were transduced with lentivirus as described above. Cells were supplemented with fresh media every 2 days. On DIV 7, axons were severed with a razor blade. At the indicated timepoint, cell bodies were removed then axonal NAD+ was extracted using perchloric acid/sodium carbonate method and separated with high performance liquid chromatography as previously described (Sasaki et al, J. Neurosci., 2009, 29, 5525-5535).
[00263] Modeling SARM1-TIR domain.
[00264] The human SARM1 TIR domain (aa559-724) was analyzed for structural homologs in the protein data bank (PDB) using HHpred (Soding, J. et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 2005, 33, W244-248) and PHYRE2 (Kelley, L.A., et al, Nat. Protoc, 2015, 10, 845- 858.). Protein sequence alignments were generated by HHpred and formatted with JalView. Hits with an E-value greater than 0.1 and score below 40 have a reduced probability of accurate prediction and were excluded. PHYRE2 and SWISS-MODEL (Arnold, K., et al., Bioinformatics, 2006, 22, 195-201) were used to generate 3D structural models of the SARM1 TIR domain using MilB CMP-glycosidase as a template (PDB: 4 JEM) or nucleoside 2-deoxyribsoyltransrferase (PDB: 1F8Y). These structures were visualized and superimposed with Chimera (Pettersen, E.F., et al, J. Comput. Chem, 2004, 25, (1605-12)
Statistical Analyses.
[00265] Statistical methods were not used to predetermine sample size. Number and description of n is indicated in each figure legend or appropriate method section. One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) comparisons were performed for multiple groups and unpaired t-tests or unpaired two-tailed t-tests were used for individual comparisons. Data meets the assumptions of all statistical tests performed with similar variance between groups. All error bars represent SEM and are an estimate of variation within sample groups. Samples from NADase mini-timecourse (1-4 min) experiments that were performed later than initial 5, 10 min reactions and kinetic assays, that had enzymatic activities that were partially reduced either due to increasing storage of bacteria pellets or other technical/biological phenomenon, were excluded from analysis. Fresh bacteria preparations were subsequently prepared. For quantification of Venus expression, DRGs were fixed in paraformaldyhyde and Venus fluorescence visualized by microscopy from multiple fields of axons for each experiment.
[00266] DRGs were co-stained for beta tubulin (Mouse anti-beta3 tubulin (TUJ1); from Biolegend) to assess total axon area for each field. Axon degeneration was quantified in distal axons from brightfield images using an ImageJ macro (Sasaki, Y., et al, J. Neurosci., 2009, 29, 5525-5535) that measures the ratio of fragmented axon area to total axon area. For an individual experiment, six fields were analyzed from 2-3 wells per condition. Other data analyses were done with Graph Pad Prism 7, Image J macro, Microsoft Excel, Adobe Illustrator and Photoshop.
DATA AND SOFTWARE AVAILABILITY [00267] Recombinant DNA sequences have been deposited in Banklt with Accession numbers: KY584388-KY584401.
Example 1
[00268] This example illustrates a SAM-TIR assay for NADase activity and use of the assay to identify and/or characterize compounds that block SARMl -mediated NAD+ cleavage, a crucial step in the elimination of damaged or unhealthy axons. This assay can be utilized, for example, to identify and/or characterize compounds that inhibit TIR domain catalyzed NAD+ cleavage and potentially those that disrupt SAM-mediated multimerization. This assay makes use of a fragment of the SARMl molecule encompassing the SAM and TIR domains. As demonstrated herein, expression of this fragment without the autoinhibitory N- terminal domain generates an active enzyme that cleaves NAD+.
Preparation of SARMl SAM-TIR lysate (STL)
[00269] NRK1-HEK293T cells represent a cell line that has been stably transfected with an FCIV expression vector that expresses human Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl), an enzyme that converts the NAD+ biosynthetic precursor nicotinamide riboside (NR) to NMN, the immediate precursor of NAD+. This expression vector has the DNA sequence:
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
(SEQ ID NO: 7). When these NRKl -expressing cells are supplemented with NR, NAD+ levels are augmented and cell viability is enhanced to enable efficient production and purification of the constitutively active human SARMl SAM-TIR (SEQ ID NO: 1) protein fragment.
[00270] To express SARMl SAM-TIR, the SARMl N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain was deleted, keeping only the initiator Met.
[00271] Downstream from this initiator Met, the resulting protein has an N-terminal STREP-TAG® and is composed of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 :
Figure imgf000085_0002
SSRDSSAGSDTSLEGAAPMGPT (SEQ ID NO: 8). The fragment encoding the SARMl SAM-TIR protein was cloned into the FCIV expression construct by standard methods to generate the FCIV-SST vector. The resultant vector has the following sequence:
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
[00272] NRK1-HEK293T cells were seeded onto 150 cm2 plates at 20 x 106 cells per plate.The next day, the cells were transfected with 15 μg FCIV-SST (SAM-TIR expression plasmid, SEQ ID NO: 9) using X-TREMEGENE™ 9 DNA Transfection Reagent (Roche product #06365787001). The cultures were supplemented with 1 mM NR at time of transfection to minimize toxicity from SAM-TIR overexpression. Forty-eight hours after transfection, cells were harvested, pelleted by centrifugation at 1,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge, Thermo Fisher), and washed once with cold PBS (0.01 M phosphate buffered saline NaCl 0.138 M; KC1 0.0027 M; pH 7.4). The cells were resuspended in PBS with protease inhibitors (cOmplete™ protease inhibitor cocktail, Roche product # 11873580001) and cell lysates were prepared by sonication (Branson Sonifer 450, output = 3, 20 episodes of stroke). The lysates were centrifuged (12,000xg for 10 min at 4°C) to remove cell debris and the supematants (containing SARMl SAM-TIR protein) were stored at -80°C for later use in the in vitro SARMl SAM-TIR NADase assay (see below). Protein concentration was determined by the Bicinchoninic (BCA) method and used to normalize lysate concentrations.
Compound library
[00273] The NCI Diversity IV compound library and the Pharmacon 1600 compound library were screened for SARMl SAM-TIR inhibitors. The stock concentration for each compound is 10 mM (in DMSO). The compounds were first diluted 10-fold to produce a 1 mM stock (in DMSO). This stock was further diluted 20-fold into 20% DMSO/80% water to produce 50 μΜ working stocks of each compound.
In vitro SARMl SAM-TIR NADase assays and inhibitor screen
HPLC-based assay 1.
[00274] Reaction mixtures were prepared on ice by mixing SARMl SAM-TIR cell lysate (0.14 μg total protein), compound stock (5 μΜ final concentration), and PBS (pH 7.4) to a final volume of 12 μΐ. NAD+ (5 μΜ final concentration) was then added for a final reaction volume of 20 μΐ. The mixture was incubated at 37°C for 60 min; reaction was then stopped by addition of 180 μΐ of 0.55 M perchloric acid (HC104). The reactions were then placed on ice for 10 min, and the reaction plates were centrifuged for 10 min at 4,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge). The supernatant (120 μΐ) was transferred to a new plate and 10 μΐ of 3M K2C03 was added to neutralize the solution. Precipitated salts were removed by centrifugation 10 min at 4,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge). The supernatant was transferred and analyzed by HPLC (Shimadzu Nexera X2) with KINETEX® (100 x 3 mm, 2.6 μπι; PHENOMENEX®) column and metabolites were monitored with absorbance at 254 nm.
Results.
SARMl SAM-TIR lysate cleaves NAD+ . [00275] Using HPLC-based assay 1, the SARMl SAM-TIR lysate cleaved NAD+ in a dose- and time- dependent manner (FIG. 4A, C, D), whereas control lysate prepared from non-transfected NRK1 -HEK293T cells showed no NAD+ cleavage (FIG. 4B). Loss of NAD+ was accompanied by an increase in nicotinamide (Nam) and ADP ribose (ADPR), indicating that cleavage of the nicotinamide-ribosyl bond of NAD+ (FIG. 4A). SARMl SAM-TIR lysate was incubated with NAD+ (5 μΜ) for indicated times. The NAD+ levels are shown in FIG. 4A (peak at 2.52 min in HPLC traces) were reduced and ADPR levels were increased (peak at 1.15 min) with time. Trace color: black - NAD alone; green - lysate; blue - on beads, green in eluate.
[00276] For FIG. 4A, the SARMl Sam-TIR protein was purified by Strep Tag affinity methods. HEK-NRK1 lysate (lOOul) was incubated with 20μ1. MagStrep (Strep-Tactin) type 3 XT beads suspension (IBA Lifesciences) for 30 min (in buffer W: 100 mM Tris/HCl, pH 8.0; 150 mM NaCl; 1 mM EDTA). The beads were then washed three times with buffer W, and bound proteins were eluted from MagStrep type 3 XT beads with 25mM biotin in buffer W for 30min. Supernatant containing the eluted protein can be used for NADase activity assay. Pierce protease inhibitors (ThermoFisher cat# 88266) were added into all buffers. FIG. 4A shows HPLC traces for the starting substrate, NAD, and the cleavage products, ADPR and Nicotinamide (NAM), that are generated by active SARMl TIR NADase. The black trace shows NAD without added enzyme. The red trace shows that SAM-TIR-containing lysate has potent NADase activity (NAD is lost and the products, ADPR and NAM, are generated). The Blue trace shows that the SAM-TIR enzyme can be purified on beads as described above and this enzyme is active (again, loss of NAD and generation of ADPR and NAM). Finally, the green trace shows that active SAM-TIR enzyme can be eluted from the beads and remains active (loss of NAD, generation of ADPR and NAM). FIG. 4B shows that control lysate didn't consume NAD+ after the same period of incubation. FIG. 4C shows quantitative values of NAD+ and ADPR of HPLC traces in FIG. 4A. FIG. 4D shows that cleavage of NAD+ by SARMl SAM-TIR lysate is dose-dependent. The indicated amount of SARMl SAM-TIR lysate was incubated with NAD+ (5 μΜ) at 37°C for 60 min and conversion of NAD+ to ADPR was monitored. FIG. 4E shows that quantitation of NAD+/ADPR ratio after 60 min reaction using 0.14 μg protein of either control and SAM- TIR lysate. These results are consistent with the NADase activity observed using TIR Assay (see FIG. 8).
[00277] In summary, the present Example demonstrates that a lysate containing the SARMl-TIR domain contains NADase activity.
Identification and/or characterization of SARM1 SAM-TIR NADase inhibitors.
[00278] To identify inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity, the levels of NAD+ and the enzymatic cleavage product ADPR in the reactions were quantified by HPLC. From these values, the NAD+/ADPR ratio for each compound was calculated and the ratio used as a measure of NAD+ cleavage activity (Note: there is a small residual but detectable ADPR signal in control samples derived from the HEK293 lysate). This ratio was compared to the ratio generated in the absence of compound inhibitors. A significant reduction of NADase activity (defined as NAD+/ADPR ratio > 4) was used to identify compounds that inhibited SAM-TIR catalyzed NAD+ cleavage (FIG. 5A-B). FIG. 5A illustrates a primary screen of all 1600 compounds from the library (5 μΜ compound with 5 μΜ NAD+). In FIG. 5B, the 20 positive hits (NAD+/ADPR>4 from the top panel were re-tested. Eighteen of the 20 original 'positive hits' were again identified as inhibitors in the secondary screen (controls: square, no reaction time; triangle: DMSO control).
Identification and characterization of compounds that inhibit SARM1 SAM-TIR NADase activity
[00279] The NAD+/ADPR ratio was used to determine the NAD+ cleavage activity of the SARMl SAM-TIR lysate using the HPLC based assay 1. It will be appreciated that any precise, quantitative method of measuring NAD+ levels could be used for the detection of SARMl NADase activity. An NAD+/ADPR ratio= ~1 was established as a baseline control (without inhibitor). The assay was robust (Z'=0.537, control lysate (n=14) NAD+/ADPR=19.52±2.25; SAM-TIR lysate (n=14) NAD+/ADPR=1.186±0.607 (mean±SD). In the control condition, a small amount of ADPR is detected by HPLC) (FIG. 4A-B). An empirically generated (NAD+/ADPR) cutoff value of 4: 1 was used, where NAD+/ADPR>4 represents significant suppression of SARMl SAM-TIR lysate NADase activity. [00280] Twenty compounds out of 1600 from the NCI Diversity IV compound library were identified as inhibitors in the primary screen (FIG. 5A). Eighteen of these were identified as positive 'hits' in a secondary screen, with 10 of them showing robust inhibition of SARM1 SAM-TIR activity (i.e., NAD+/ADPR>10 (FIG. 5B; FIG. 6A-C).
[00281] Inhibitors identified in the initial screen were then tested in the NAD+ Glo assay (see section infra), which employ an enzymatic cycling reaction to determine NAD+ concentration. The assay itself is highly reproducible (FIG. 7A-B). FIG. 7A illustrates SAM- TIR lysate (STL) but not control (con) lysate decreased NAD+ determined by NAD+ Glo assay. The elevated NAD+ levels in high dose lysate conditions are mostly likely derived from lysate itself. FIG. 7B illustrates that the assay is very robust (Z'=0.66 control 2h reaction time vs SAM-TIR lh reaction time; Z'=0.71 control 2h reaction time vs SAM-TIR 2h reaction time). Control 2h NAD+=196.20±15.66nM; SAM-TIR lh NAD+= 22.48 ± 3.98nM; SAM-TIR 2h NAD+ = 8.18 ± 2.79nM. Most hits identified in the initial HPLC assay (14/18) showed significant inhibition of SAM-TIR NADase activity in NAD+-Glo assay (FIG. 7C). Cycling assay is highly correlated with HPLC assay. 14 out of 18 hits from HPLC also blocked NADase activity significantly (2 fold increase of luminescence intensity). Relative ratio for HPLC assay 1 represents the NAD+/ADPR ratio, while for the cycling assay, it represents the ratio of IC50¾150 nM (FIG. 7D). Two compounds showed the best inhibition in NAD+ Glo assay. IC50 for NSC622608 «150 nM.
[00282] Luminescence-based assay. This assay can complement the results obtained by HPLC, and can permit a higher throughput of compound library screening than is possible with HPLC methods. This assay is an adaptation of the NAD+/NADH-GLO™ assay (Promega G9071, Promega Corporation, Madison, WI). In this assay, NAD+ cycling enzymes convert NAD+ into NADH. In the presence of NADH, the reductase enzymatically converts a pro-luciferin reductase substrate into luciferin. Luciferin is detected using ULTRA-GLOTM rLuciferase, and the chemiluminescence intensity is proportional to the amount of NAD+ and NADH in the sample. Under the present assay conditions, the amount of NAD+ and NADH present in the lysate is undetectable with this assay, precluding any endogenous contribution to the final NAD+ detected. The assay was set up as follows: 2 μΐ candidate inhibitor (final concentration 1 μΜ, 2% DMSO), 0.07 μg lysate (2 μΐ), and 2 μΐ of 400 nM NAD+. The reaction was incubated at 37°C for 60 min, then 6 μΐ NAD+/NADH-GLO™ detection reagent was added. After 30 min at room temperature, the luminescent signals were quantified using a CYTATION™ 5 imaging reader (BIOTEK®). The SARMl SAM-TIR lysate catalyzed a dose-dependent depletion of NAD+, whereas NAD+ levels did not decline when reactions were performed with lysate prepared from control NRK1 -HEK293T cells (FIG. 7 A-D).
Example 2
[00283] The present Example describes a SARMl TIR-based Assay. This assay is similar to the assay described in Example 1, but allows for the identification and/or characterization of compounds that directly interact with the TIR domain, whereas the assay described in Example 1 can also identify compounds that disrupt SAM domain interactions. This assay makes use of the bacterial expression of a tagged version of the SARMl TIR fragment that can be affinity purified. Displaying this artificial SARMl TIR domain on a solid surface (i.e. affinity beads) generates an active NAD+ cleavage enzyme.
Materials and Methods
Tagged proteins included the following: StrepTag-humanSARMl-TIR-6xHisTag MSAWSHPQFEKGGGSGGGSGGSAWSHPQFEKGGGSSGGGASTPDVFISYRRNSGSQ LASLLKVHLQLHGFSVFIDVEKLEAGKFEDKLIQSVMGARNFVLVLSPGALDKCMQ DHDCKDWVHKEIVTALSCGKNIVPIIDGFEWPEPQVLPEDMQAVLTFNGIKWSHEYQ EATIEKIIRFLQGRSSRDSSAGSDTSLEGAAPMGPTHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 10)
StrepTag-mouseS ARM1 -TIR-6xHisTag
MSAWSHPQFEKGGGSGGGSGGSAWSHPQFEKGGGSSGGGASTPDVFISYRRNSGSQ LASLLKVHLQLHGFSVFIDVEKLEAGKFEDKLIQSVIAARNFVLVLSAGALDKCMQD HDCKDWVHKEIVTALSCGKNIVPIIDGFEWPEPQALPEDMQAVLTFNGIKWSHEYQE ATIEKIIRFLQGRPSQDSSAGSDTSLEGATPMGLPHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 11)
StrepTag-zebrafishS ARM 1 -TIR-6xHisTag
MSAWSHPQFEKGGGSGGGSGGSAWSHPQFEKGGGSSGGGASPDVFISYRRTTGSQL ASLLKVHLQLRGFSVFIDVEKLEAGRFEEKLITSVQRARNFILVLSANALDKCMGDV AMIO)WVHKEIVTALNGKKNIVPVTDNFVWPDPTSLPEDMSTILKFNGIKWSHEYQE ATIEKILRFLEGCPSQEKPDGAKTDKKEPQKKHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 12) Bacterial protein expression and tandem Affinity Purification (TAP).
[00284] The TIR domain of SARM1 was tagged with a tandem STREP-TAG® at the N- terminus, and a polyhistidine tag at the C-terminus, and was cloned into a pET30a+ plasmid. The construct was then transformed into SHuffle® T7 Express Competent E-coli (New England BioLabs, Ipswich, MA) and single colonies were grown overnight. The next day, cultures were diluted in LB media, grown at 30°C until they reached A600 = 0.4-0.8, when IPTG (0.5 mM final concentration) was added. The bacteria were grown for an additional 4h, pelleted by centrifugation, washed with PBS and stored at -80° C. For protein purification, the frozen bacterial pellet was thawed on ice, resuspended in binding buffer (without protease inhibitors) and incubated with 100μg/mL lysozyme for 15 min on ice. Protease inhibitor cocktail was then added and the cells were lysed by sonication.
[00285] The SARMl TIR protein was first purified by Strep Tag affinity methods where bacterial lysates were incubated with 20μί MagStrep (STREP-TACTIN®, IBA GmBH, Gottingen Germany) type 3 XT beads suspension (IBA Lifesciences) for 30 min. The beads were then washed three times with binding buffer, and bound proteins were eluted from MagStrep type 3 XT beads with 22.5 mM biotin for 25 min. Supernatant containing the eluted protein was separated from MagStrep beads, and incubated with 10 Co2+ DYNABEAD® (ThermoFisher Scientific, Waltham, MA) suspension for 30 min to bind SARMl -TIR proteins via the His tag. The beads were then washed at least two times with binding buffer and resuspended in 100 μΐ. of binding buffer for NADase assay.
[00286] Ten microliters of purified SARMl-TIR laden beads were incubated with 5 μΜ NAD+ in reaction buffer (92.4mM NaCl and 0.64X PBS). Reactions were carried out at 25°C for the indicated amount of time and stopped by addition of 1M of perchloric acid (HC104) and placing the tube on ice. NAD+ metabolites were extracted using HC104/K2C03 method and quantified by HPLC (see metabolite measurement below). For LC-MS/MS analysis, the extraction was performed using 50% methanol in distilled water and chloroform (see LC- MS/MS metabolite measurement below). FIG. 8 shows that some compounds identified as inhibitors in the SARMl SAM-TIR assay also inhibit NADase activity of purified SARMl TIR in the in vitro assay. Select potent inhibitors (622608, 622689) identified from SARMl SAM-TIR lysate screen were added to the reaction at 5 μΜ. NAD normalized to control at 0 min.
HPLC metabolite measurement.
[00287] Metabolites were isolated from enzyme reaction mixture by extracting with 1M HC104, then neutralized with 3M K2C03, and followed by separation by centrifugation. The supematant (90 μΥ containing the extracted metabolites was mixed with 0.5M Potassium Phosphate buffer (10 μί) and metabolites were analyzed by HPLC (Nexera X2) with KINETEX® (100 x 3 mm, 2.6 μιη; PHENOMENEX®) column and metabolites are monitored with absorbance at 254 nm. Internal standards for NAD+, Nicotinamide (Nam), ADP Ribose (ADPR) were used to generate standard curves for quantification of the respective compounds. The levels for each compound in each experimental sample was normalized to the 0 min time point that was analyzed concurrently.
LC-MS/MS metabolite measurement.
[00288] Samples were prepared by mixing the reactions with 50% methanol in distilled water. The samples were placed on ice, centrifuged, soluble metabolites in the supematant were extracted with chloroform, and the aqueous phase was lyophilized and stored at -20° C until LC-MS/MS analysis. For LC-MS/MS, the metabolite samples were reconstituted with 5 mM ammonium formate, centrifuged 12,000 x g for 10 min, and the cleared supernatant was applied to the LC-MS/MS for metabolite identification and quantification. Liquid chromatography was performed by HPLC system (1290; Agilent) with SYNERGI™ Fusion- RP (4.6 x 150mm, 4 μιη; PHENOMENEX®, Phenomenex, Torance, CA) column. Samples (10 μΐ) were injected at a flow rate of 0.55 ml/min with 5 mM ammonium formate for mobile phase A and 100% methanol for mobile phase B and metabolites were eluted with gradients of 0-7 min, 0-70% B; 7-8 min, 70% B; 9-12 min, 0% B. Metabolites were detected with Triple Quad mass spectrometer (6460 MassHunter; AGILENT®) under positive ESI multiple reaction monitoring (NAD+:664>428 with 160V (fragmentation), 22V (collision), 7V (post- acceleration)). Metabolites were quantified by MassHunter quantitative analysis tool (AGILENT®) with standard curves. Standard curves for each compound were generated by analyzing NAD+, ADPR, and Nam reconstituted in 5 mM ammonium formate. The levels for each compound in each experimental sample were normalized to the 0 min time point that was analyzed concurrently. Sample identity was blinded to individual performing experiment.
Example 3
[00289] This example illustrates an NAD flux assay which allows for the identification and/or characterization of compounds that inhibit SARMl -mediated NAD consumption in axons of cultured neurons. This assay utilizes the full-length SARMl protein activated by a neuronal injury in neurons. This assay measures the injury-activated SARMl -dependent degradation of NAD+ in axons. This method allows for the independent assessment of NAD+ synthesis and NAD+ consumption.
DRG neuronal culture.
[00290] Mouse dorsal root ganglion (DRG) were dissected from embryonic days 13.5 CD1 mouse embryo (-50 ganglion per embryo) and incubated with 0.05% Trypsin solution containing 0.02% EDTA (Gibco) at 37 °C for 15 min. Then cell suspensions are triturated by gentle pipetting and washed 3 times with DRG growth medium (Neurobasal medium (Gibco) containing 2% B27 (Invitrogen), 100 ng/ml 2.5S NGF (Harlan Bioproduts), 1 μΜ uridine (Sigma), 1 μΜ 5-fluoro-2'-deoxyuridine (Sigma), penicillin, and streptomycin). Cells were suspended in DRG growth medium at a ratio of 100 μΐ medium/50 DRGs. The cell density of these suspensions was -7x106 cells/ml. Cell suspension (10 μΐ) was placed in the center of the well using 24-well tissue culture plates (Corning) coated with poly-D-Lysine (0.1 mg/ml; Sigma) and laminin (3 μg/ml; Invitrogen). Cells were allowed to adhere in humidified tissue culture incubator (5% C02) for 15 min and then DRG growth medium was gently added (500 μΐ).
Axonal metabolite collection.
[00291] At DIV6, neuronal cell bodies and axons were separated using a microsurgical blade under the microscope at 0 (for control NAD+ consumption) or 4 (for axotomized axonal NAD+ consumption) hours prior to metabolite collection. Then the DRG cultures were placed on ice, culture medium was replaced with ice-cold 0.9% NaCl solution (0.5 μΐ), and the DRG cell bodies were removed using a pipet. The 0.9% NaCl solution was removed, and the axonal metabolites were extracted by incubation with ice-cold 1 : 1 mixture of MeOH and water (150 μΐ per well) on ice for 10 min. The metabolite containing solutions were transferred into test tubes and extracted twice with chloroform (100
μΐ per sample). The aqueous phase (120 μΐ) was lyophilized and reconstituted with 50 μΐ of 5 mM ammonium formate and cleared supernatants after centrifugation at 12,000 x g for 10 min were transferred to sample vials and measured.
NAD+ measurement using LC-MS/MS.
[00292] Serial dilutions of NAD+ (25 μΜ to 320 pM, Sigma) in 5 mM ammonium formate were used for calibration. Liquid chromatography was performed with 10 μΐ of each sample injected at a flow rate of 0.55 ml/min with 5 mM ammonium formate for mobile phase A and 100% methanol for mobile phase B (HPLC: 1290; Agilent with Synergi Fusion- RP (4.6 x 150mm, 4 μηι; Phenomenex)). Metabolites were eluted with gradients of 0-7 min, 0-70% B; 7-8 min, 70% B; 9-12 min, 0% B. The metabolites were detected with a Triple Quad mass spectrometer (6460 MassHunter; Agilent) under positive ESI multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) (D4-NAD+:668>428, D3- NAD+:667>428, NAD+:664>428 with 160V (fragmentation), 22V (collision), 7V (post- acceleration)). Metabolites were quantified by MassHunter quantitative analysis tool (Agilent) with standard curves.
NAD+ consumption measurement.
[00293] For NAD+ consumption measurements, DRG neurons were incubated with D4- Nam (300 μΜ: 2,3,4,5 deuterium Nam; C/D/N Isotopes Inc., D-3457) for 4 hours and axonal metabolites were collected as described above. For NAD+ flux measurements after axonal injury, D4-Nam was added at the same time as axotomy. Labeled (heavy) or non-labeled (light) NAD+ was quantified by LC-MS/MS. For heavy-labeled NAD+, D3-NAD+ as well as D4-NAD+ was observed. This is due to the replacement of deuterium at C4 position with non-labeled proton during NAD+-NADH cycling. The values of D3-NAD+ and D4-NAD+ were added and used this combined value as the amount of heavy NAD+. The net rate of NAD+ consumption were calculated by % decrease of light NAD+ over total NAD+ (sum of heavy and light NAD+) at 4 hours after D4- Nam application and expressed %/hr. Axonal NAD+ consumption was -8.5 ± 3.8 %/hr without axotomy and increased to -21.7 ± 1.6 %/hr in axotomized axons. This acceleration of NAD+ consumption is completely blocked in SARM1 KO axons (-6.3 ± 2.4 %/hr uninjured vs. -7.9 ± 3.7%/hr after axotomy) and can be used for a read out of SARMl activation after injury (FIG. 9). FIG. 9 shows that the depletion of SARMl completely blocked the increase of NAD+ consumption. Thus the increased NAD+ consumption can be used as a read out of SARMl activation in injured neurons, one-way ANOVA F(3,32) = 50.6, p =3 x 10-12. * p < 0.005 denotes significant difference from control uncut with Holm-Bonferroni multiple comparison (n=9).
NAD+ consumption assay for assessing the efficacy of SARMl inhibitors in neurons.
[00294] Selected chemical compounds (final concentration 5 μΜ at 30 min prior to D4- Nam addition) as well as 300 μΜ D4-Nam were added to DRG culture medium and axons were immediately transected (3 wells) or keep intact (3 wells). Axonal metabolites were collected at 4 hours post D4-Nam addition and metabolites can be analyzed as described above. NAD+ consumption rate before and after axotomy can be calculated. Shown here is a demonstration that in the absence of SARMl (SARMl knockout, KO), there is no axotomy- induced increase in NAD+ consumption rate (FIG. 9). Thus the inhibitory effects of compounds on SARMl activation can be assessed by a decrease in the post-injury NAD+ consumption rate. This assay tests the efficacy of SARMl inhibitors in axons of cultured neurons.
Example 4
[00295] This example illustrates an in vitro axon degeneration assay and application of this assay to characterize compounds. In this example, this assay was used to test whether inhibitors of SARMl NADase activity can inhibit axon degeneration that rapidly follows axonal NAD+ loss after injury.
[00296] Axonal degeneration was induced by axotomy or by the addition of vincristine (0.04μΜ) using DRG drop cultures in 96 well at DIV 6. Axotomy was performed by separating cell bodies and axons using a micro surgical blade under the microscope. Bright field images of axons (6 fields per well) were taken at 0-72 hours after axotomy using a high content imager (Operetta; Perkin-Elmer) with a 20x objective. Axon degeneration was quantified using degeneration index (DI) calculated using ImageJ (NIH, Sasaki et al, 2009, J. Neurosci., 19(17): 5525-5535) . The average DI from 6 fields per well was obtained and averaged for each independent well. The DI was calculated from axon images from the same fields before (0 hour) and after (9-72 hours) axotomy. Compounds (in FIG. 10A) with a significant blockade of SARM1 NADase activity from the assays in Examples 1-3 were tested for their effects on axon degeneration in cultures of DRG neurons as described above. All 18 positive hits from HPLC screen were tested (at 5 μΜ) for their ability to inhibit axon degeneration. The candidate compounds are added to the culture medium at the concentration of 0.05 to 5μΜ 30 min before axotomy. Axon degeneration was monitored by imaging axons before injury, and various time points after axotomy.
Results
[00297] FIG. 10A illustrates the axon degeneration indices before injury and 24 h after injury (axotomy). A higher degeneration index indicates more axon degeneration (i.e. less inhibition). FIG. 10B illustrates a representative compound showing significant protection (NSC622608). The representative images before and after axotomy are shown. FIG. IOC illustrates dose dependent inhibition of axon degeneration by compound NSC622608.
[00298] Thus, the present Example demonstrates successful development of an axon degeneration assay to characterize compounds. Moroever, the present Example demonstrates that a compound identified in the present disclosure as an inhibitor of SARMl-TIR NADase activity also inhibits axon degeneration in a dose-dependent manner.
Example 5
[00299] The present Example demonstrates that a SARMl-TIR complex purified from mammalian cells cleaves NAD+.
[00300] This example also illustrates application of an NAD+ depletion assay.
[00301] The human SARMl-TIR domain was engineered with a tandem StrepTag II at the N-terminus, a Venus fluorescent tag at the C-terminus, and expressed it transiently in NRK1- HEK293T cells supplemented with NR. Cell lysates were subsequently prepared by lysing cells under native conditions by sonication, and the recombinant SARMl- TIR protein complexes were affinity purified using MagStrep (Strep-Tactin) magnetic beads. Beads with SARMl-TIR complexes were incubated with NAD+ (5 μΜ) for up to 30 minutes, metabolites were extracted, and then NAD+ levels were measured using HPLC (FIG. 2B). NAD+ levels dropped precipitously, within 5 minutes, when beads loaded with SARMl-TIR complexes were tested (FIG. 2C). In contrast, no decrease in NAD+ was observed if beads exposed to ly sates were prepared from either non-transfected NRK1-HEK293T cells or from NRK1 -HEK293T cells expressing SARMl-TIR lacking the StrepTag II (FIG. 2C). A TIR domain mutant [SARM1(E596K)] that is incapable of supporting injury -induced axonal NAD+ depletion and degeneration was also tested. Magnetic beads loaded with complexes assembled on this SARM1(E596K) mutant failed to degrade NAD+ in this in vitro assay (FIG. 2C).
[00302] The substrate specificity of the SARMl-TIR in vitro NADase reaction was examined.
[00303] Gerdts, I, et al. (Science, 2015, 348, 453-457) previously showed that Nicotinic Acid Adenine Dinucleotide (NaAD), a closely related analog of NAD+, was not cleaved after SARMl activation. Using this in vitro assay, it was found that wild type SARMl-TIR complexes do not degrade NaAD (FIG. 2D). Together, these results show that the purified SARMl-TIR complex actively degrades NAD+ in a manner consistent with previous characterization of the axon degeneration process.
[00304] Whether the enzymatic activity was unique to complexes associated with the SARMl-TIR domain or whether TIR domains from other proteins could also assemble complexes that exhibit NADase activity was then explored. The TIR domains of TLR4, a Toll-like receptor, and MyD88, another member of the TIR adaptor family, were expressed and purified from NRK1-HEK293T cells and tested them in the in vitro NAD+ depletion assay. Both TLR4 and MyD88 TIR containing complexes showed no NADase activity (FIG. 2E and 2F). These results support the previously reported unique roles of SARMl among TIR adaptor proteins (Gerdts, J, et al, Science, 2015, 348, 453-457; O'Neill, L.A., et al, Nat. Rev. Immunol., 2013, 13, 453-460, Summers, D.W., et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA., 2016, 113, E6271-E6280) in promoting axonal degeneration and neuronal NAD+ depletion.
Example 6 [00305] The present Example demonstrates that NAD+ cleavage activity observed in other experiments described herein is not due to other proteins that co-purify with SARMl -TIR and that therefore the SARMl -TIR domain possesses intrinsic NAD+ cleavage activity. Moreover, the present Example describes characterizations of this NAD+ cleavage activity and that the SARMl-TIR enzymatic reaction comprises both cyclase and glycohydrolase activities.
[00306] Human SARMl-TIR was expressed in E. coli so that proteins with NADase activity would not be co-purified. SARMl-TIR expression in E. coli was induced by IPTG addition, endogenous metabolites were extracted, and NAD+ levels were assessed by HPLC. Bacteria producing wild type SARMl-TIR had remarkably low (almost undetectable) levels of endogenous NAD+ within 60 minutes after IPTG addition when compared to bacteria harboring non-recombinant vector. Further, bacteria harboring mutant SARMl-TIR (E596K) had NAD+ levels comparable to bacteria harboring non-recombinant vector or to bacteria in which wild type SARMl was not induced (FIG. 11 A). FIG. 11A illustrates endogenous NAD+ levels in bacteria after IPTG induction of human SARMl-TIR. The bacterially expressed SARMl-TIR was purified using TAP and tested for NADase activity. Consistent with the results using SARMl-TIR complexes isolated from mammalian cells in example 5, NAD+ was rapidly consumed by bacterially produced SARMl-TIR protein (FIG. 11B). FIG. 11B illustrates in vitro NAD+ cleavage reaction by human SARMl-TIR protein expressed and purified from bacteria. Although it is highly unlikely that human SARMl-TIR would associate with an E. coli NADase, the intrinsic nature of the SARMl NADase activity was tested by stringently washing the SARMl TIR purified complexes with either high salt or detergents to remove potential associated proteins. Using these washed SARMl TIR beads, they found no decrease in NAD+ cleavage activity, indicating that SARMl itself has NADase activity (FIG. HE and 11F).
[00307] Mouse, zebrafish and Drosophila SARMl-TIR domains were expressed and purified in E. coli. The purified proteins were then tested for their ability to cleave NAD+. Similar to human SARMl-TIR domain, bacterially-expressed mouse, zebrafish and Drosophila SARMl-TIR domains also rapidly degrade NAD+ in vitro (FIG. 11C-D). FIG. l lC illustrates that bacterially expressed mouse, zebrafish and Drosophila SARMl-TIR proteins cleave NAD+ in the in vitro NADase assay. FIG. 11D illustrates a SYPRO Ruby gel of SARMl-TIR laden beads purified from bacteria used in NADase assay; representative of three independent experiments. These bacterially expressed proteins lack the Venus fluorescent tag and thus run at a different size than the proteins expressed in NRK1-HEK293T cells. Data were generated from at least three independent reaction experiments using purified protein from at least three independent bacteria clones. Data are presented as mean ± SEM; Error bars: SEM; *** P < 0.001 unpaired two tailed Student's t-test.
[00308] To demonstrate definitively that SARMl-TIR itself possessed the enzymatic activity, human SARMl-TIR was synthesized in a cell-free protein expression system that utilizes purified E. coli components for transcription and translation. None of the purified E- coli transcription/translation components are known NADases (Shimizu et al, Nat. Biotechnol, 2001, 19, 751-755), and these experiments confirmed that these purified components do not exhibit NADase activity (FIG. 11G). To test if SARMl-TIR purified from this in vitro translation system could cleave NAD+, the human SARMl-TIR plasmid DNA was first incubated with the purified transcription and translation reagents and RNase inhibitor for 2.5 hours at 37°C. Next, they purified the newly synthesized protein from the reaction by TAP, and tested for NADase activity in the assay (FIG. 30). The purified SARMl-TIR from this cell-free protein translation system rapidly cleaved NAD+, consistent with prior findings with SARMl-TIR purified from both mammalian cells and bacteria (FIG. 31 and 32).Without being limited by theory, the finding that the SARMl-TIR domain depletes NAD+ in bacteria and that bacterially synthesized SARMl-TIR from multiple species cleaves NAD+ in vitro demonstrates that the SARMl-TIR domain has intrinsic NADase activity, and shows that SARMl itself is responsible for the NAD+ depletion observed after axon injury. Moreover, these findings reveal for the first time that a TIR domain, previously demonstrated to function as a protein interaction domain, can also harbor enzymatic activity.
[00309] To further characterize the SARMl-TIR NADase activity, the NAD+ cleavage products of this enzymatic reaction were identified and reaction parameters were established. HPLC and LC-MS/MS analysis of the metabolites produced by human SARMl-TIR was performed; Nam and ADP Ribose (ADPR) were identified as major products, and cyclic ADPR (cADPR) as a minor product (FIG 12A-G). While the mouse and zebrafish orthologs generated a similar ratio of reaction products as the human enzyme (FIG. 12H), the Drosophila SARMl-TIR purified either from bacteria or NRK1-293T cells generated more cADPR than ADPR (FIG. 12A-G). This finding is similar to results with the ADPRibosyl cyclase family of NADases (Liu et al, J. Biol. Chem, 2009, 284, 27637-27645), in which the mammalian ADP Ribosyl Cyclase CD38 cleaves NAD+ to generate ADPR as the major product, with minor amounts of cADPR; while the ADP Ribosyl Cyclase isolated from the sea mollusk Aplysia californica cleaves NAD+ into cADPR (Liu et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2009, 284, 27637-27645). This difference in reaction products between the Drosophila and vertebrate SARMl-TIR NADase may provide insights into the divergent enzymatic activities of the ADP Ribosyl cyclase family of enzymes.
[00310] Furthermore, kinetic assays of the SARMl-TIR enzyme revealed saturation kinetics (FIG. 121), a distinguishing feature of enzyme catalysts, with an estimated Michaelis constant (Km) of 24 μΜ, maximum velocity (Vmax) of 3.6 μΜ/min, and turnover number (kcat) of 10.3 min-1 (FIG. 121). Kinetic parameters for SARMl-TIR cleavage reaction. Vmax, Km, kcat were determined by fitting the data to the Michaelis-Menten equation and are presented as mean ± SEM for three independent biological samples and experiment. Although the estimated kcat is lower than the reported values for other ADP-Ribosyl cyclases and NAD+ glycohydrolases (Ghosh et al, J. Biol. Chem., 2010, 285, 5683-5694), the estimated Km values are similar (Canto et al, Cell Metab., 2015, 22, 31-53).
[00311] The reaction products were tested to determine whether they could inhibit the enzymatic activity of SARMl-TIR. While ADPR did not inhibit SARMl-TIR NADase activity (FIG. 12 J; activity normalized to Nam generated at 5 min), Nam could inhibit the enzymatic activity with an IC50 of 43.8 μΜ, which is about 9-fold higher than the starting reaction NAD+ concentration (FIG. 12K-L). FIG. 12K illustrates that Nam inhibits SARMl- TIR enzymatic activity (normalized to ADPR generated at 5 min). FIG. 12L illustrates Nam dose response inhibition of SARMl-TIR enzymatic activity. Inhibitors of the SARMl-TIR domain modeled after nicotinamide can be useful in preventing the early stages of axon degeneration (Gerdts, J et al, Neuron, 2016, 89, 449-460; Fliegert, R., et al, Biochem. Soc. Trans., 2007, 35, 109-114).
[00312] These data demonstrated that the TIR domain of SARM1 cleaves NAD+ into Nam and ADPR. SARMl-TIR appears to be unique in this regard, as other tested TIR domains do not have this activity. A crystal structure of the SARMl-TIR domain can be important in identifying the NAD+ binding pocket as well as other key residues involved in NAD+ cleavage.
[00313] In summary, these results describe the first enzymatic activity intrinsic to a TIR domain. These data establish that NADase activity is integral to a conserved axon death program. The discovery that SARMl is the axonal NADase (FIG. 12J) now provides an identified target for the design of inhibitors as novel therapeutic candidates for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases.
Example 7
[00314] This example describes characterization of analogs of nicotinamide (a known SARMl NADase inhibitor) and analogs of NAD+ with respect to activity as inhibitors of SARMl enzymatic activity and/or as substrates for the cleavage reaction. These analogs were tested using an assay that makes use of a bacterially-expressed tagged version of the SARMl TIR fragment, as described in Example 2. Displaying this artificial SARMl TIR domain on a solid surface (i.e. affinity beads) generates an active NAD+ cleavage enzyme.
Figure imgf000105_0001
[00315] Table 4: Substrates and Inhibitors of the SARMl TIR NAD cleavage activity as determined by an assay which uses a bacterially expressed, tagged version of the SARMl TIR fragment. Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine dinucleotide (NHD) was both a substrate and an inhibitor. Example 8
[00316] This example illustrates that Glutamic Acid 642 is a catalytic residue in the active site of the SARMl-TIR enzyme.
[00317] Since there is no reported crystal structure of the SARMl-TIR domain, an unbiased template-based prediction (Soding, J., et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 2005, 33, W244- 248) was used to identify protein homologs of SARMl-TIR. A recent bioinformatics study showed that some TIR domains share strong structural similarity to nucleotide/nucleoside hydrolases (Burroughs, A.M., et al, Nucleic Acids Res., 2015, 43, 10633-10654). From domain prediction analysis using SARMl-TIR, other TIR domains were identified as expected. However, in addition to these TIR domains, a number of nucleotide hydrolase/transferase enzymes were also detected. For some of these enzymes, residues that contribute to catalytic activity have been established (Sikowitz, M.D., et al, Biochemistry, 2013, 52, 4037- 4047; Armstrong, S.R., et al, Structure, 1995, 4, 97-107). Structural modeling and sequence alignments were used to identify putative residues in the SARMl- TIR domain that might contribute to enzymatic activity (FIG. 16 and FIG. 17). The SARMl- TIR domain was modeled using the crystal structure of two enzymes identified from the prediction: MilB Cytidine 5' monophosphate (CMP) Hydrolase (PDB: 4 JEM) (FIG. 17) and Nucleoside 2- deoxyribosyltransferase (PDB: 1F8Y). A glutamic acid E642 in the SARMl- TIR domain aligned with both the key catalytic glutamic acid residue in CMP hydrolase (Sikowitz, M.D., et al, Biochemistry, 2013, 52, 4037-4047) and the proposed nucleophilic glutamic acid in the active site of nucleoside 2-deoxyribosyltransferase (Armstrong, S.R., et al, Structure, 1995, 4, 97-107) (FIG. 16 and FIG. 17). Moreover, glutamic acid residues are also known catalytic residues in other NADases (Ghosh, J., et al, J. Biol. Chem, 2010, 285, 5683-5694). To test if SARMl TIR E642 had similar catalytic properties, this residue was mutated to an Alanine (E642A) in SARMl-TIR, purified the protein from the cell-free protein translation system, and tested it for NAD+ cleavage activity. Purified SARMl-TIR E642A failed to cleave NAD+ in the NADase assay (FIG. 18 and FIG. 19). E642 in the SARMl-TIR domain is a key catalytic residue within the active site that is responsible for NAD+ cleavage.
Example 9 [00318] This example illustrates that SARMl enzymatic activity functions in axons to promote pathological axonal degeneration.
[00319] Having demonstrated that the SARMl TIR domain is an enzyme and having identified its catalytic residue, enzymatic activity of the SARMl -TIR domain and, in particular, the identified glutamate, were investigated to determine whether either are required for the pro-degenerative functions of full-length SARMl in neurons. In wild type neurons, axotomy triggers rapid depletion of axonal NAD+ and axonal degeneration, while in SARMl -deficient neurons axonal degeneration is blocked and NAD+ levels remain significantly higher than in injured wild type axons (Gerdts et al, Science, 2015, 348, 453- 457). First, the SARMl NADase activity was tested to determine whether such activity is necessary for injury -induced axonal NAD+ depletion and subsequent axonal degeneration. In these experiments, either wild type (enzymatically active) full-length SARMl or mutant (enzymatically disabled) SARMl (E642A) were expressed in cultured SARMl -deficient DRG neurons. FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 illustrate that both were well expressed in axons. Following axotomy, axonal NAD+ levels and axonal degeneration were measured.
[00320] Expression of enzymatically active, wild type SARMl in SARMl -deficient DRG neurons promotes both axonal NAD+ depletion and axonal degeneration after axotomy.
[00321] In contrast to wild type SARMl, when the enzymatically disabled SARM1(E642A) mutant is expressed in these neurons, axotomy did not induce axonal degeneration or rapid NAD+ depletion (FIG. 22-24).
[00322] The requirement for SARMl enzyme activity was also tested in another injury model - vincristine-induced neurotoxicity. Cultured SARMl -deficient DRG axons are protected from vincristine-induced axonal degeneration (Gerdts, J., et al, J. Neurosci., 2013, 33, 13569-13580). Moreover, SARMl is required in mice for the development of vincristine- induced peripheral neuropathy (Geisler et al, 2016, Brain, 139, 3092-3108). As with axotomy, either wild type (enzymatically active) full-length SARMl or mutant (enzymatically disabled) SARM1(E642A) was expressed in cultured SARMl -deficient DRG neurons. Enzymatically active SARMl mediates axon loss in response to the chemotherapeutic vincristine, while enzymatically disabled SARMl does not promote axon loss following vincristine administration (FIG. 25, and FIG. 26). Altogether, these findings demonstrate that the intrinsic NADase activity of SARMl (FIG. 27) is necessary to promote axonal degeneration after both traumatic and neurotoxic injuries, and suggest that inhibitors of the SARMl NADase could block pathological axonal degeneration.
Example 10
[00323] This example illustrates the identification and characterization of a family of small molecules that effectively inhibit SARMl NADase activity.
[00324] Initial screening using methods of the present teachings identified dexlansoprazole and tenatorprazole as SARMl NADase inhibitors. These molecules are both members of a class of molecules referred to as protein pump inhibitors. The rest of the drug class was screened using the HPLC-based SARMl SAM-TIR NADase assay described in detail in Example 1, with 5 μΜ NAD. FIG. 28 illustrates testing at 5 μΜ (Series 1), 15 μΜ (Series 2), and 50 μΜ (Series 3): omeprazole (1), lansoprazole (2), esomeprazole magnesium hydrate (3), pantoprazole sodium sesquihydrate (4), rabeprazole sodium (5), dexlansoprazole (6) and tenatoprazole (7). Each member of the family exhibited at least some inhibitory activity (FIG. 28). Based on these results, a dose-response analysis of rabeprozole (FIG. 29) was performed. This molecule showed 95% inhibition at 10 μΜ and 98.8% inhibition at 30 μΜ. These results indicate that this family of molecules has SARMl NADase activity.
GenBankSend :
Homo sapiens sterile alpha and T IR motif containing protein 1 i soform a ( SARMl ) mRNA, complete cds
GenBank : AY444166 . 1
LOCUS AY444166 2193 bp mRNA linear PRI 1 6-JAN-2004
DEFINIT ION Homo sapiens sterile alpha and T IR motif containing protein 1
i soform a ( SARMl ) mRNA, complete cds . ACCES S ION AY444166
VERS ION AY444166 . 1 GI : 3832 6778
SOURCE Homo sapiens ( human ) ORGANI SM Homo sapiens
REFERENCE 1 (ba s e s 1 to 2193 ) AUTHORS Bousson, J. -C. , Casteran,C. and Tiraby,G. TITLE SARM1 isoforms nucleotide sequence
JOURNAL Unpublished REFERENCE 2 (bases 1 to 2193)
AUTHORS Bousson, J. -C . , Casteran,C. and Tiraby,G. TITLE Direct Submission
JOURNAL Submitted (21-OCT-2003) CAYLA, BP4437, 5 rue Jean Rodier, Toulouse
cedex 4 31405, France FEATURES Location/Qualifiers
source 1..2193
/organism="Homo sapiens"
/mol_type="mRNA"
/db_xref="taxon: 9606"
/ chromosome="17 "
/map="17qll" gene 1..2193
/gene="SARMl"
/gene_synonym="KIAA0524 "
/gene_synonym="SAMD2 "
/gene_synonym="SARM" CDS 1..2175
/gene="SARMl"
/gene_synonym="KIAA0524 "
/gene_synonym="SAMD2 "
/ gene_synonym="SARM"
/note="SARMla; receptor"
/ codon_start=l
/product="sterile alpha and TIR motif containing protein 1 isoform a"
/protein_id="AAR17520.1"
/db_xref="GI : 38326779"
/ translation="MVLTLLLSAYKLCRFFAMSGPRPGAERLAVPGPDGGGGTGPWWAAGGRG PREVSPGAGTEVQDALERALPELQQALSALKQAGGARAVGAGLAEVFQLVEEAWLLPAVGREV AQGLCDAIRLDGGLDLLLRLLQAPELETRVQAARLLEQILVAENRDRVARIGLGVILNLAKER EPVELARSVAGILEHMFKHSEETCQRLVAAGGLDAVLYWCRRTDPALLRHCALALGNCALHGG QAVQRRMVEKRAAEWLFPLAFSKEDELLRLHACLAVAVLATNKEVEREVERSGTLALVEPLVA SLDPGRFARCLVDAS DTSQGRGPDDLQRLVPLLDSNRLEAQCIGAFYLCAEAAIKSLQGKTKV FS DIGAIQSLKRLVSYSTNGTKSALAKRALRLLGEEVPRP ILPSVPSWKEAEVQTWLQQIGFS KYCES FREQQVDGDLLLRLTEEELQTDLGMKSGITRKRFFRELTELKT FANYSTCDRSNLADW LGSLDPRFRQYTYGLVSCGLDRSLLHRVSEQQLLEDCGIHLGVHRARILTAAREMLHS PLPCT GGKPSGDT PDVFI SYRRNSGSQLASLLKVHLQLHGFSVFI DVEKLEAGKFEDKLIQSVMGARN FVLVLS PGALDKCMQDHDCKDWVHKEIVTALSCGKNIVPI I DGFEWPEPQVLPEDMQAVLT FN GIKWSHEYQEAT IEKI IRFLQGRS SRDS SAGS DTSLEGAAPMGPT " ORIGIN
1 atggtcctga cgctgcttct ctccgcctac aagctgtgtc gcttcttcgc catgtcgggc
61 ccacggccgg gcgccgagcg gctggcggtg cctgggccag atgggggcgg tggcacgggc
121 ccatggtggg ctgcgggtgg ccgcgggccc cgcgaagtgt cgccgggggc aggcaccgag
181 gtgcaggacg ccctggagcg cgcgctgccg gagctgcagc aggccttgtc cgcgctgaag
241 caggcgggcg gcgcgcgggc cgtgggcgcc ggcctggccg aggtcttcca actggtggag
301 gaggcctggc tgctgccggc cgtgggccgc gaggtagccc agggtctgtg cgacgccatc
361 cgcctcgatg gcggcctcga cctgctgttg cggctgctgc aggcgccgga gttggagacg
421 cgtgtgcagg ccgcgcgcct gctggagcag atcctggtgg ctgagaaccg agaccgcgtg
481 gcgcgcattg ggctgggcgt gatcctgaac ctggcgaagg aacgcgaacc cgtagagctg
541 gcgcggagcg tggcaggcat cttggagcac atgttcaagc attcggagga gacatgccag
601 aggctggtgg cggccggcgg cctggacgcg gtgctgtatt ggtgccgccg cacggacccc 661 gcgctgctgc gccactgcgc gctggcgctg ggcaactgcg cgctgcacgg gggccaggcg
721 gtgcagcgac gcatggtaga gaagcgcgca gccgagtggc tcttcccgct cgccttctcc
781 aaggaggacg agctgcttcg gctgcacgcc tgcctcgcag tagcggtgtt ggcgactaac
841 aaggaggtgg agcgcgaggt ggagcgctcg ggcacgctgg cgctcgtgga gccgcttgtg
901 gcctcgctgg accctggccg cttcgcccgc tgtctggtgg acgccagcga cacaagccag
961 ggccgcgggc ccgacgacct gcagcgcctc gtgccgttgc tcgactctaa ccgcttggag
1021 gcgcagtgca tcggggcttt ctacctctgc gccgaggctg ccatcaagag cctgcaaggc
1081 aagaccaagg tgttcagcga catcggcgcc atccagagcc tgaaacgcct ggtttcctac
1141 tctaccaatg gcactaagtc ggcgctggcc aagcgcgcgc tgcgcctgct gggcgaggag
1201 gtgccacggc ccatcctgcc ctccgtgccc agctggaagg aggccgaggt tcagacgtgg
12 61 ctgcagcaga tcggtttctc caagtactgc gagagcttcc gggagcagca ggtggatggc
1321 gacctgcttc tgcggctcac ggaggaggaa ctccagaccg acctgggcat gaaatcgggc
1381 atcacccgca agaggttctt tagggagctc acggagctca agaccttcgc caactattct
1441 acgtgcgacc gcagcaacct ggcggactgg ctgggcagcc tggacccgcg cttccgccag
1501 tacacctacg gcctggtcag ctgcggcctg gaccgctccc tgctgcaccg cgtgtctgag
1561 cagcagctgc tggaagactg cggcatccac ctgggcgtgc accgcgcccg catcctcacg 1621 gcggccagag aaatgctaca ctccccgctg ccctgtactg gtggcaaacc cagtggggac
1681 actccagatg tcttcatcag ctaccgccgg aactcaggtt cccagctggc cagtctcctg
1741 aaggtgcacc tgcagctgca tggcttcagt gtcttcattg atgtggagaa gctggaagca
1801 ggcaagttcg aggacaaact catccagagt gtcatgggtg cccgcaactt tgtgttggtg
18 61 ctatcacctg gagcactgga caagtgcatg caagaccatg actgcaagga ttgggtgcat
1921 aaggagattg tgactgcttt aagctgcggc aagaacattg tgcccatcat tgatggcttc
1981 gagtggcctg agccccaggt cctgcctgag gacatgcagg ctgtgcttac tttcaacggt
2041 atcaagtggt cccacgaata ccaggaggcc accattgaga agatcatccg cttcctgcag
2101 ggccgctcct cccgggactc atctgcaggc tctgacacca gtttggaggg tgctgcaccc
2161 atgggtccaa cctaaccagt ccccagttcc cca Al so Known As :
MyD88 -5 , SAMD2 , SARM Homologs of the SARM1 gene
The SARM1 gene i s conserved in chimpanzee , Rhe sus monkey, dog , mouse , rat , chicken , zebrafi sh , fruit fly, mosquito ,
C . elegans , and frog .
Examples 11-16
[00325] As depicted in the Examples below, in certain exemplary embodiments, compounds are prepared according to the following general procedures. It will be appreciated that, although the general methods depict the synthesis of certain compounds of the present disclosure, the following general methods, and other methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, can be applied to all compounds and subclasses and species of each of these compounds, as described herein.
General Procedures
[00326] The following is a description of the assays used to determine SARMl NADase activity for the compounds of formula IA and formula IB.
Assay 1. Preparation of SARMl SAM-TIR lysate (STL)
[00327] NRK1-HEK293T cells represent a polyclonal cell line that has been stably transfected with an FCIV expression vector that expresses human Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl), an enzyme that converts the NAD+ biosynthetic precursor nicotinamide riboside (NR) to NMN, the immediate precursor of NAD+. This expression vector has the DNA sequence:
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
aagtatatatgagtaaacttggtctgacagttaccaatgcttaatcagtgaggcacctatctcagcgatctgtctatttcgttcatccatagttgcc tgactccccgtcgtgtagataactacgatacgggagggcttaccatctggccccagtgctgcaatgataccgcgagacccacgctcaccgg ctccagatttatcagcaataaaccagccagccggaagggccgagcgcagaagtggtcctgcaactttatccgcctccatccagtctattaatt gttgccgggaagctagagtaagtagttcgccagttaatagtttgcgcaacgttgttgccattgctacaggcatcgtggtgtcacgctcgtcgttt ggtatggcttcattcagctccggttcccaacgatcaaggcgagttacatgatcccccatgttgtgcaaaaaagcggttagctccttcggtcctc cgatcgttgtcagaagtaagttggccgcagtgttatcactcatggttatggcagcactgcataattctcttactgtcatgccatccgtaagatgct tttctgtgactggtgagtactcaaccaagtcattctgagaatagtgtatgcggcgaccgagttgctcttgcccggcgtcaatacgggataatac cgcgccacatagcagaactttaaaagtgctcatcattggaaaacgttcttcggggcgaaaactctcaaggatcttaccgctgttgagatccag ttcgatgtaacccactcgtgcacccaactgatcttcagcatcttttactttcaccagcgtttctgggtgagcaaaaacaggaaggcaaaatgcc gcaaaaaagggaataagggcgacacggaaatgttgaatactcatactcttcctttttcaatattattgaagcatttatcagggttattgtctcatga gcggatacatatttgaatgtatttagaaaaataaacaaataggggttccgcgcacatttccccgaaaagtgccacctgac (SEQ ID NO: 7). When these NRK1 -expressing cells are supplemented with NR, NAD+ levels are augmented and cell viability is enhanced to enable efficient production and purification of the constitutively active human SARMl SAM-TIR protein fragment. To express SARMl SAM-TIR, the SARMl N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain was deleted, keeping only the initiator Met. Downstream from this imitator Met, the resulting protein consists of human SARMl residues 410 to 721 :
MSAWSHPQFEKGGGSGGGSGGSAWSHPQFEKGGGSSGGGGGGSSGGGASVPSWKEAE VQTWLQQIGFSKYCESFREQQVDGDLLLRLTEEELQTDLGMKSGITRKRFFRELTELKTF ANYSTCDRSNLADWLGSLDPRFRQYTYGLVSCGLDRSLLHRVSEQQLLEDCGIHLGVH RARILTAAREMLHSPLPCTGGKPSGDTPDVFISYRRNSGSQLASLLKVHLQLHGFSVFID VEKLEAGKFEDKLIQSVMGARNFVLVLSPGALDKCMQDHDCKDWVHKEIVTALSCGK NIVPIIDGFEWPEPQVLPEDMQAVLTFNGIKWSHEYQEATIEKIIRFLQGRSSRDSSAGSD TSLEGAAPMGPT (SEQ ID NO: 8). The fragment encoding the SARMl SAM-TIR protein was cloned into the FCIV expression construct by standard methods to generate the FCIV-SST vector. The resultant vector has the following sequence:
gtcgacggatcgggagatctcccgatcccctatggtgcactctcagtacaatctgctctgatgccgcatagttaagccagtatctgctccctgc ttgtgtgttggaggtcgctgagtagtgcgcgagcaaaatttaagctacaacaaggcaaggcttgaccgacaattgcatgaagaatctgcttag ggttaggcgttttgcgctgcttcgcgatgtacgggccagatatacgcgttgacattgattattgactagttattaatagtaatcaattacggggtc attagttcatagcccatatatggagttccgcgttacataacttacggtaaatggcccgcctggctgaccgcccaacgacccccgcccattgac gtcaataatgacgtatgttcccatagtaacgccaatagggactttccattgacgtcaatgggtggagtatttacggtaaactgcccacttggca
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
cgaggtatgtaggcggtgctacagagttcttgaagtggtggcctaactacggctacactagaagaacagtatttggtatctgcgctctgctga agccagttaccttcggaaaaagagttggtagctcttgatccggcaaacaaaccaccgctggtagcggtggtttttttgtttgcaagcagcagat tacgcgcagaaaaaaaggatctcaagaagatcctttgatcttttctacggggtctgacgctcagtggaacgaaaactcacgttaagggatttt ggtcatgagattatcaaaaaggatcttcacctagatccttttaaattaaaaatgaagttttaaatcaatctaaagtatatatgagtaaacttggtctg acagttaccaatgcttaatcagtgaggcacctatctcagcgatctgtctatttcgttcatccatagttgcctgactccccgtcgtgtagataacta cgatacgggagggcttaccatctggccccagtgctgcaatgataccgcgagacccacgctcaccggctccagatttatcagcaataaacca gccagccggaagggccgagcgcagaagtggtcctgcaactttatccgcctccatccagtctattaattgttgccgggaagctagagtaagta gttcgccagttaatagtttgcgcaacgttgttgccattgctacaggcatcgtggtgtcacgctcgtcgtttggtatggcttcattcagctccggtt cccaacgatcaaggcgagttacatgatcccccatgttgtgcaaaaaagcggttagctccttcggtcctccgatcgttgtcagaagtaagttgg ccgcagtgttatcactcatggttatggcagcactgcataattctcttactgtcatgccatccgtaagatgcttttctgtgactggtgagtactcaac caagtcattctgagaatagtgtatgcggcgaccgagttgctcttgcccggcgtcaatacgggataataccgcgccacatagcagaactttaa aagtgctcatcattggaaaacgttcttcggggcgaaaactctcaaggatcttaccgctgttgagatccagttcgatgtaacccactcgtgcacc caactgatcttcagcatcttttactttcaccagcgtttctgggtgagcaaaaacaggaaggcaaaatgccgcaaaaaagggaataagggcga cacggaaatgttgaatactcatactcttcctttttcaatattattgaagcatttatcagggttattgtctcatgagcggatacatatttgaatgtattta gaaaaataaacaaataggggttccgcgcacatttccccgaaaagtgccacctgac (SEQ ID NO: 9).
[00328] NRK 1 -HEK293 T cells were seeded onto 150 cm2 plates at 20 x 106 cells per plate in 25 mL growth medium comprised of 90% DMEM (Gibco 1 1965-084) and 10% FBS (Sigma F0926). The next day, cells were transfected by first premixing 15 ug FCIV-SST SST (SAM-TIR expression plasmid from Washington University) with 45 ul X-tremeGENE 9 DNA Transfection Reagent (Roche product #06365787001) and 750 ul OptiMEM (Gibco 31985062) and then adding this mix directly to the cells. The cultures were supplemented with 1 mM nicotinamide riboside (Thorne Research THR-00467) at time of transfection to minimize toxicity from SAM- TIR overexpression. Forty-eight hours after transfection, cells were harvested, pelleted by centrifugation at 1,000 rpm (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5804R, 15 Amp Version), and washed once with cold PBS (0.01 M phosphate buffered saline NaCl 0.138 M; KCl 0.0027 M; pH 7.4).The cells were resuspended in 0.5ml PBS with protease inhibitors (Complete protease inhibitor cocktail, Roche product # 1 1873580001). Cell lysates were prepared by sonication (Misonix Microson Ultrasonic Cell Disruptor, output = 3, 20 episodes of stroke). The lysates were centrifuged at 12,000xg for 10 min at 4°C (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5415C) to remove cell debris and the aliquots of supernatant (containing SARMl SAM-TIR protein) were stored at -80°C for later use. Protein concentration was determined by the Bicinchoninic (BCA) method and used to normalize lysate concentrations.
Assay 2. Luminescence-based Assay (NAD GLo)
[00329] This assay is an adaptation of the NAD+/NADH Glo assay (Promega G9071). In this assay, NAD+ cycling enzymes convert NAD+ into NADH. In the presence of NADH, the reductase enzymatically converts a pro-luciferin reductase substrate into luciferin. Luciferin is detected using Ultra-GloTM rLuciferase, and the chemiluminescence intensity is proportional to the amount of NAD+ and NADH in the sample. In our assay conditions, the amount of NAD+ and NADH present in the lysate is undetectable with this assay, precluding any endogenous contribution to the final NAD+ detected. The assay was set up as follows: 2 μΐ inhibitor (final concentration 1 μΜ, 2% DMSO), 0.07 μg lysate (2 μΐ), and 2 μΐ of 400 nM NAD+. The reaction was incubated at 37°C for 60 min, then 6 μΐ NAD+/NADH Glo detection reagent was added. After 30 min at room temperature, the luminescent signals were quantified using an Analyst HT reader (LJL Biosystems). The SARM1 SAM-TIR lysate catalyzed a dose-dependent depletion of NAD+, whereas NAD+ levels did not decline when reactions were performed with lysate prepared from control NRK1-HEK293T cells.
Assay 3. HPLC-based assay 2
[00330] Reaction mixtures were prepared on ice by mixing 10 ul of SARMl SAM-TIR cell lysate (320 fold dilution of lysate 11-3-2016, or 80 fold lysate dilution for assessment of time dependence) in PBS (pH 7.4) with 5 ul of compound stock. Compounds were first dissolved DMSO at 10 mM (final stock concentration). A 10 point compound dilution curve was prepared first with a 20 ul to 40 ul serial dilution in DMSO, followed by a 10 fold dilution (12 ul + 108 ul) in PBS. Top concentration of compound in the assay is 250 uM. Compound and lysate were then preincubated, in duplicate, for various amounts of time (zero or 120 minutes for analysis of time dependence). 5 ul of 20 uM NAD+ (5 μΜ final concentration) was then added for a final reaction volume of 20 μΐ. The reaction was incubated at 37°C for 60 (or 10 minutes @ room temp for assessment of time dependence), then stopped by addition of 180 μΐ of 0.55 M perchloric acid (HC104). The reactions were then place on for 10 min, 16.6 μΐ of 3 M K2C03 was added to neutralize the solution. Precipitated salts were removed by centrifugation 10 min at 4,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge). 80 ul of the supernatant was analyzed by HPLC (Waters 2695) with Kinetex (50 x 4.6 mm, 5 μιη; Phenomenex). NAD and metabolites were eluted with a 1 ml/min gradient from 100% A: KP04 (5.026 g K2HP04 and 2.876 KH2P04 in 1 L H20) to 3 % methanol in 1 minute, followed by a linear gradient to 15% methanol in 1.5 minutes, held for 1 minute before returning to 0% methanol for 2.5 minutes for re-equilibration. NAD (3 minutes) and ADPR (1.5 min) were monitored by absorbance at 260 nm. Percent control conversion was established for each compound concentration. Blank (no lysate NAD only) values for ADPR were subtracted from samples and control (lysate + NAD) and control values from NAD depletion were subtracted from samples and blank to determine maximal ADPR conversion or NAD depletion (lysate dilutions used typically produced about a 50% conversion). Blanks and controls were run in triplicate (or more) then averaged. Duplicate data points from the 10 point dose curves were plotted using Grafit and IC5o' s were calculated using a 4 Parameter log fit.
Example 11
[00331] Synthesis of Compound 1^-6.
[00332] Compound IA-6 was prepared in accordance with Scheme 1A, supra. The sidechain was prepared according to Scheme 2A, below.
Scheme 2A:
Figure imgf000123_0001
[00333] This molecule was then used to prepare Compound IA-6 in accordance with Scheme 1A, supra. The synthetic route is shown below.
Figure imgf000124_0001
Example 12
[00334] 10 Point Dose Curves of SARM1 NADase Activity Inhibition with Compounds 1^-2, t-3, t-6 and t-8.
[00335] Compounds IA-2, IA-3, IA-6 and IA-8 demonstrate inhibition of SARM1 NADase activity, as shown in Figure 33. Assay 3 (FIPLC-based assay 2), described above, was used to assess NAD consumption and ADPR production from duplicate samples of a 10 point compound curve (average of n=2) ranging from 0.01 - 250 uM of compounds IA-2, IA-3, IA-6 and IA-8. The results are shown in FIG. 33, whereby FIG. 33A shows NAD consumption as a function of concentration of compounds IA-2, IA-3, IA-6 and IA-8 and FIG. 33B shows ADPR production as a function of concentration of compounds IA-2, IA-3, IA-6 and IA-8. As can be seen, increasing concentration of these compound IA-6 from 0.01 - 250 uM leads to higher NAD consumption and lower ADPR production. The IC50 for these compounds in Assay 3 are provided below in Table 5A.
[00336] Table 5A. IC5o Values for SARM1 NADase Activity Inhibition with Compounds IA-2, IA-3, IA-6 and IA-8
Figure imgf000125_0002
Example 13
[00337] Screening of SARM1 NADase Activity Inhibition with Compounds 1^-3, 1^-8, 1^-9, f-W, t4-!! and t -13.
[00338] Compounds IA-3, IA-8, IA-9, IA-10, IA-11 and IA-13 demonstrates inhibition of SARMl NADase activity, as shown below in Table 6A. Assay 3 (HPLC-based assay), described above, was used to assess NAD consumption and ADPR production from duplicate samples of a single point screening (average of n=2) at 150 μΜ of each of Compounds IA-3, IA-8, IA-9, IA- 10, IA-11 and IA-13. In Table 6A, Compounds IA-3, IA-8, IA-9, IA-10, IA-11 and IA-13are categorized by their ability to control NAD consumption, with "A" indicating > 75%, "B" indicating between 50%-75% and "C" indicating < 50%. Compounds IA-3, IA-8, IA-9, IA-10, IA- 11 and IA-13 are also categorized by their ability to control ADPR production, with "A" indicating > 75%, "B" indicating between 50%-75% and "C" indicating < 50%.
Table 6A. Single Point Screens of SARMl NADase Activity Inhibition with Compounds IA-3, IA-8, IA-9, IA-10, IA-11 and IA-13.
Figure imgf000125_0001
[00339] Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that the componds of Formula IA described herein may act by a unique mechanism that requires double protonation (in parietal cells which have pH of ~1), followed by rearrangement to an activated tetracyclic intermediate which rapidly inactivates the H+-K+ ATPase. This is believed to arise from a precise arrangement of the sulfoxide group of the compounds of Formula IA to the two activated rings of the compounds of Formula IA. The data presented herein is indicative of a subtle SAR/discrimination with the benzimidazole-pyridine-sulfoxide scaffold of the compounds of Formula IA and inhibition of SARM1 NADase activity.
Example 14
[00340] Synthesis of Compound IB-1.
[00341] Compound IB-1 was prepared in accordance with Scheme 1B, supra. The synthetic route is shown below.
Figure imgf000126_0001
Example 15
[00342] Synthesis of Compound IB -2.
[00343] Compound IB-2 was prepared in accordance with Scheme 1B, supra. The synthetic route is shown below.
Figure imgf000127_0001
Example 16
[00344] Dose Curves of SARMl NADase Activity Inhibition with Compounds IB-1 andIB-2
[00345] Compounds IB-1 and IB-2 demonstrate inhibition of SARMl NADase activity, as shown in Figure 34. Assay 3 (HPLC-based assay), described above, was used to assess NAD consumption from duplicate samples of a 7 point compound curve (average of n=2) ranging from 0 - about 6 uM of compounds IB-1 and IB-2. The results are shown in FIG. 34, whereby it is shown that NADase activity decreases with increasing concentration of compounds IB-1 and IB- 2. The upper curve represents compound IB-1 and the lower curve represents IB-2. The IC50 for compound IB-2 in Assay 3 was determined to be about 150 nM and the IC50 for compound IB-1 in Assay 3 was determined to be about 0.7 μΜ. Example 17
[00346] Prevention of Axonal Degeneration with Compound IB -2.
[00347] Mouse DRG Drop Culture: Mouse dorsal root ganglion (DRG) was dissected from embryonic days 13.5 CD1 mouse embryo (50 ganglion per embryo) and incubated with 0.05% Trypsin solution containing 0.02% EDTA (Gibco) at 37 °C for 15 min. Then cell suspensions are triturated by gentle pipetting and washed 3 times with the DRG growth medium (Neurobasal medium (Gibco) containing 2% B27 (Invitrogen), 100 ng/ml 2.5S NGF (Harlan Bioproduts), 1 mM uridine (Sigma), 1 mM 5-fluoro-2'-deoxyuridine (Sigma), penicillin, and streptomycin). Cells were suspended in DRG growth medium at a ratio of 100 ml medium/50 DRGs. The cell density of these suspensions was ~7xl06 cells/ml. Cell suspensions (1.5 ml/96 well, 10 ml/24 well) were placed in the center of the well using either 96- or 24-well tissue culture plates (Corning) coated with poly-D-Lysine (0.1 mg/ml; Sigma) and laminin (3 mg/ml; Invitrogen). Cells were allowed to adhere in humidified tissue culture incubator (5% C02) for 15 min and then DRG growth medium was gently added (100 ml/96 well, 500 ml/24 well). Lentiviruses were added (1-10 x 103 pfu) at 1-2 days in vitro (DIV) and metabolites were extracted or axon degeneration assays were performed at 6-7 DIV. When using 24 well DRG cultures, 50% of the medium was exchanged for a fresh medium at DIV4. R (100 mM) was added 24 hr before axotomy or metabolite collection.
[00348] Axon Denegeneration Assay: Axons from DRG drop cultures in 96 well were transected using a micro surgical blade under micro- scope at DIV6. Bright field images of distal axons (6 fields per well) were taken at 0-72 hr after axotomy using a high content imager (Operetta; Perkinelmer) with 20x objective. Axon degeneration was quantified using degeneration index (DI) calculated using ImageJ (NIH). The average DI from 6 fields per well was obtained and averaged for each independent well. The DI was calculated from axon images from the same fields before (0 hr) and after (9-72 hr) axotomy. Experiments were repeated 3 times with 3 independent wells (n=9). For statistical analysis, DI was compared using one-way ANOVA and Holm-Bonferroni multiple comparison using R (RRID: SCR 002394). Data from this experiment is represented below as a bar graph in Figure 35 and the images are shown in Figure 36.
[00349] Compound IB-2 demonstrates prevention of axonal degeneration in a mouse dorsal root ganglion (DRG) drop culture assay, as described above. Figure 35 shows a control sample (grouping on left side of FIG. 35) and a sample that includes compound I -2 (grouping on right side of FIG. 35) and the level of axonal degerneration after exposure to both samples at intervals of 0 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours. As can be seen, axons exposed to compound IB-2 showed a substantial decrease in axonal degeneration compared to the control sample after intervals of 6 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours.
[00350] Figure 36 shows SEM micrographs of injured axons under degenerating conditions with (FIG. 36 A) and without (FIG. 36B) exposure to compound IB-2. As can be seen, axons exposed to compound IB-2 were intact under degenerating conditions, whereas axons not exposed to compound IB-2 were degenerated.
Example 18
[00351] The present Example demonstrates successful development of an in vitro assay using a full-length SARM1. The assay described in this Example can be used, for example, to identify and/or characterize compounds that inhibit full-length SARM1 in vivo.
[00352] Cells expressing SARM1 show decreased expression after extended growth. NAD+ levels are lower in SARM1 -expressing cells, but these cells do not die. Moreover, a C-terminal GFP tag decreased SARM1 NADase activity. The presently described assay overcame these challenges.
[00353] Full-length SARM1 lacking the mitochondrial targeting sequence (MTS) (FL-MTS SARM1) was produced and tested as described below.
Production of affinity tagged FL-MTS SARMl.
[00354] NRK1-HEK293T cells represent a polyclonal cell line that has been stably transfected with an FCIV expression vector that expresses human Nicotinamide Riboside Kinase 1 (NRKl), an enzyme that converts the NAD+ biosynthetic precursor nicotinamide riboside (NR) to NMN, the immediate precursor of NAD+. When these NRKl -expressing cells are supplemented with NR, NAD+ levels are augmented and cell viability is enhanced to enable efficient production and purification of SARMl .
[00355] For these experiments, human SARMl lacking the first 26 residues, which correspond to the SARMl mitochondrial targeting sequence, was engineered with a StrepTag affinity tag on the N-terminus (referred to as FL-MTS SARMl ; see Figure 37A). This modified SARM1 protein was cloned into the lentiviral vector FCIV to generate an FL-MTS SARM1 mammalian expression vector. A similar construct was generated in which the catalytic Glu residue at SARM1 position 642 was changed to Ala. This inactive mutant FL-MTS SARM1(E642A) was used as a negative control in assays described in this Example. Finally, an active SARM1 mutant (SAM-TIR) was similarly constructed with an N-terminal StrepTag fused to SARMl residues 409-724 and used as a positive control in these assays.
[00356] To produce the StrepTag-FL-MTS SARMl and StrepTag-FL-MTS SARM1(E642A) or the active SARMl SAM-TIR protein, RK1-HEK293T cells were seeded onto 150 cm2 plates at 20 x 106 cells per plate. The next day, the cells were transfected with 15 μg FCIV-FL-MTS SARMl or FCIV FL-MTS SARM1(E642A) or SARMl SAM-TIR expression vector using X- tremeGE E 9 DNA Transfection Reagent (Roche product #06365787001). The cultures were supplemented with 1 mM NR at the time of transfection to minimize toxicity from SARMl protein expression. Forty-eight hours after transfection, cells were harvested, pelleted by centrifugation at 1,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge, Thermo Fisher), and washed once with cold PBS (0.01 M phosphate buffered saline NaCl 0.138 M; KC1 0.0027 M; pH 7.4). The cells were resuspended in PBS with protease inhibitors (Complete protease inhibitor cocktail, Roche product # 1 1873580001) and cell lysates were prepared by sonication (Branson Sonifer 450, output = 3, 20 episodes of stroke). The lysates were centrifuged (12,000xg for 10 min at 4°C) to remove cell debris and the supernatants containing the affinity-tagged FL-MTS SARMl or FL- MTS SARM1(E642A) or SARMl SAM-TIR protein were stored at -80°C for later use. For affinity purification, the supernatants were incubated with 100 μΕ MagStrep (Strep-Tactin) type 3 XT beads suspension (IBA Lifesciences) for 30 min. The beads bound with FL-MTS SARMl or FL-MTS SARM1(E642A) or SARMl SAM-TIR protein were then washed three times with binding buffer and resuspended in 100 μΕ of binding buffer for enzymatic assays.
Assaying for NAD cleavage activity
[00357] Reaction mixtures were prepared using MagStrep beads laden with affinity tagged FL-MTS SARMl or FL-MTS SARM1(E642A) protein (1 to 30 ng on 1-4 ul of beads or the active SAM-TIR protein (0.25 ng) and PBS (pH 7.4) to a final volume of 12 μΐ. NAD (5 μΜ final concentration) was then added for a final reaction volume of 20 μΐ. The reaction was incubated at 37°C for 60 min, and then stopped by addition of 180 μΐ of 0.55 M perchloric acid (HCIO4) and placed on ice. After 10 min on ice, the reaction plates were centrifuged for 10 min at 4,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge). The supernatant (120 μΐ) was transferred to a new plate and 10 μΐ of 3M K2C03 was added to neutralize the solution. Precipitated salts were removed by centrifugation for 10 min at 4,000 rpm (Sorvall ST 16R centrifuge). The supernatant (90 μΐ) containing the extracted metabolites was mixed with 0.5 M Potassium Phosphate buffer (10 pL) and metabolites were analyzed by HPLC (Shimadzu Nexera X2) with CI 8 reverse phase column (Kinetex 100 x 3 mm, 2.6 μιη; Phenomenex) to quantify the amounts of NAD and ADPR, a product of the NAD cleavage reaction. Internal standards for NAD and ADPR were used to generate standard curves for quantification of the respective compounds. The levels for each compound in each experimental sample were normalized to the 0 min time point that was analyzed concurrently. From these values, the NAD/ADPR ratio was calculated as a measure of NAD cleavage activity.
[00358] Figure 37B shows FIPLC traces from an assay, with peaks corresponding to NAD, NAM, and ADPR delineated with arrows. As shown in Figures 37C and 37D, full-length SARMl showed significantly lower NADase activity than SAM-TIR, while the FL SARMl E642A mutant had significantly lower NADase activity than full-length SARMl .
[00359] Thus, the presently described assay successfully measures NADase activity using full-length SARMl .
[00360] While we have described a number of embodiments of this disclosure, it is apparent that our basic examples may be altered to provide other embodiments that utilize the compounds and methods of this disclosure. Therefore, it will be appreciated that the scope of this disclosure is to be defined by the appended claims rather than by the specific embodiments that have been represented by way of example.

Claims

CLAIMS We claim:
1. A method of inhibiting SARM1 NADase activity and/or treating a neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient the composition according to formula IA:
Figure imgf000132_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
XA is -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;
R1A is hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic, alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium or N+(Ci_4alkyl)4;
Ring AA is selected from a benzo fused ring and a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic fused ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
Ring BA is selected from phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
RXA and RYA are independently hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen, -ORA, -SRA, -N(RA)2, -N(RA)C(0)RA, -C(0)N(RA)2, -N(RA)C(0)N(RA)2, - N(RA)C(0)ORA, -OC(0)N(RA)2, -N(R)S(0)2RA, -S(0)2N(RA)2, -C(0)RA, -C(0)ORA, - OC(0)RA, -S(0)RA, -S(0)2RA, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; each RA is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci-6 aliphatic, a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic carbocyclic ring, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1 -5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
mA and nA are independently 0, 1, 2, or 3.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the compound of formula IA is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
3. The method according to claim 1, wherein XA is -SO-.
4. The method according to claim 1, wherein nA is 0 or 1 and mA is 2 or 3.
5. The method according to claim 1, wherein Ring AA is an arylo fused ring and Ring BA is a heteroaryl ring.
6. The method according to claim 1, wherein Ring AA is a benzo fused ring and Ring BA is a pyridyl ring.
7. The method according to claim 1, wherein Ring AA is a heteroaromatic fused ring and Ring BA is a heteroaryl ring.
8. The method according to claim 1, wherein Ring AA is selected from the group consisting of a pyrido fused ring, a pyrimidino fused ring, a pyridazino fused ring, pyrazino fused ring, a triazino fused ring, a pyrrolo fused ring, a thiopheno fused ring, a furano fused ring, a thiazolofused ring, an isothiazolo fused ring, an imidazolo fused ring, a pyrazolo fused ring, an oxazolo fused ring and an isoxazolo fused ring.
9. The method according to claim 1, wherein Ring BA is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl, anthracyl, indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl.
10. The method according to claim 1, wherein R1A is hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic or alkali metal.
1 1. The method according to claim 1, wherein R1A is hydrogen, methyl or sodium.
12. The method according to claim 1, wherein RYA is hydrogen, C1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen or -ORA; and RA is optionally substituted Ci-6 aliphatic.
13. The method according to claim 12, wherein RYA is hydrogen, -CH3, -OCH3, -OCH2CF3 or -0(CH2)3OCH3.
14. The method according to claim 1, wherein RXA is hydrogen, -ORA, or heteroaryl; and RA is optionally substituted Ci-6 aliphatic or benzyl.
15. The method according to claim 14, wherein R is hydrogen, -OCH3, -OCHCF2, pyrrolyl or -OCH2-phenyl.
16. The method according to claim 1, wherein the compounds of Formula IA are administered as part of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
17. The method according to claim 1, wherein the compounds of Formula IA are administered orally.
18. The method according to claim 1, wherein the compounds of Formula IA are administered in a range of 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight of the patient.
19. The method according to claim 1, wherein the neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder is associated with axonal degeneration, axonal damage, axonopathy, a demyelinating disease, a central pontine myelinolysis, a nerve injury disease or disorder, a metabolic disease, a mitochondrial disease, metabolic axonal degeneration, axonal damage resulting from a leukoencephalopathy or a leukodystrophy.
20. The method according to claim 1, wherein the neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of spinal cord injury, stroke, multiple sclerosis, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, congenital hypomyelination, encephalomyelitis, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, central pontine myelolysis, osmotic hyponatremia, hypoxic demyelination, ischemic demyelination, adrenoleukodystrophy, Alexander's disease, Niemann-Pick disease, Pelizaeus Merzbacher disease, periventricular leukomalacia, globoid cell leukodystrophy (Krabbe's disease), Wallerian degeneration, optic neuritis, transverse myelitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS, Lou Gehrig's disease), Huntington's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Tay-Sacks disease, Gaucher's disease, Hurler Syndrome, traumatic brain injury, post radiation injury, neurologic complications of chemotherapy (chemotherapy induced neuropathy; CIPN), neuropathy, acute ischemic optic neuropathy, vitamin Bi2 deficiency, isolated vitamin E deficiency syndrome, Bassen-Kornzweig syndrome, Glaucoma, Leber's hereditary optic atrophy (neuropathy), Leber congenital amaurosis, neuromyelitis optica, metachromatic leukodystrophy, acute hemorrhagic leukoencephalitis, trigeminal neuralgia, Bell's palsy, cerebral ischemia, multiple system atrophy, traumatic glaucoma, tropical spastic paraparesis human T-lymphotropic virus 1 (HTLV-1) associated myelopathy, west nile virus encephalopathy, La Crosse virus encephalitis, Bunyavirus encephalitis, pediatric viral encephalitis, essential tremor, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, motorneuron disease, spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), hereditary sensory and autonomic neuropathy (HSAN), adrenomyeloneuropathy, progressive supra nuclear palsy (PSP), Fnedrich' s ataxia, hereditary ataxias, noise induced hearing loss, congenital hearing loss, Lewy Body Dementia, frontotemporal dementia, amyloidosis, diabetic neuropathy, HIV neuropathy, enteric neuropathies and axonopathies, Guillain-Barre syndrome, and severe acute motor axonal neuropathy (AM AN).
21. A method of inhibiting SARMl NADase activity and/or treating a neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient the composition accordin to formula IB:
Figure imgf000139_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
IB 2B B IB 2B
X and X are independently -0-, -S-, or -NR. -, provided that one of X and X is -O- or
-S- and both of X1B and X2B are not -0-;
YB is -N- or -CH-;
each R1B is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic;
Ring AB is selected from phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each R™ is independently hydrogen, halogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci-6 aliphatic, a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic carbocyclic ring, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each RB is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci-6 aliphatic, a 3-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic carbocyclic ring, phenyl, an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring, a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring having 1-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
LB is a covalent bond, a Ci-6 membered straight or branched bivalent hydrocarbon chain, cyclopropylenyl, cyclobutylenyl, or oxetanylenyl; and
nB is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
22. The method according to claim 21, wherein the compound of formula I is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000140_0001
23. The method according to claim 21, wherein X and X are -S- and Y is -N-.
24. The method according to claim 21, wherein Ring AB is aryl or heteroaryl.
25. The method according to claim 21, wherein Ring AB is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenyl, napthyl and anthracyl.
26. The method according to claim 21, wherein Ring AB is selected from the group consisting of indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyndazinyl, pynmidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl.
27. The method according to claim 21, wherein R1B is optionally substituted Ci-4 aliphatic.
28. The method according to claim 21, wherein R1B is methyl.
29. The method according to claim 21, wherein LB is a covalent bond or a 1-6 membered straight or branched bivalent hydrocarbon chain.
30. The method according to claim 21, wherein LB is a covalent bond or a methylene group.
31. The method according to claim 21, wherein R™ is hydrogen, halogen or optionally substituted Ci-6 aliphatic.
32. The method according to claim 21, wherein R™ is hydrogen or -CI.
33. The method according to claim 21, wherein the compounds of Formula IB are administered as part of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
34. The method according to claim 21, wherein the compounds of Formula I are administered orally.
35. The method according to claim 21, wherein the compounds of Formula IB are administered in a range of 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight of the patient.
36. The method according to claim 21, wherein the neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder is associated with axonal degeneration, axonal damage, axonopathy, a demyelinating disease, a central pontine myelinolysis, a nerve injury disease or disorder, a metabolic disease, a mitochondrial disease, metabolic axonal degeneration, axonal damage resulting from a leukoencephalopathy or a leukodystrophy.
37. The method according to claim 21, wherein the neurodegenerative or neurological disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of spinal cord injury, stroke, multiple sclerosis, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, congenital hypomyelination, encephalomyelitis, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, central pontine myelolysis, osmotic hyponatremia, hypoxic demyelination, ischemic demyelination, adrenoleukodystrophy, Alexander's disease, Niemann-Pick disease, Pelizaeus Merzbacher disease, periventricular leukomalacia, globoid cell leukodystrophy (Krabbe's disease), Wallerian degeneration, optic neuritis, transverse myelitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS, Lou Gehrig's disease), Huntington's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Tay-Sacks disease, Gaucher's disease, Hurler Syndrome, traumatic brain injury, post radiation injury, neurologic complications of chemotherapy (chemotherapy induced neuropathy; CIPN), neuropathy, acute ischemic optic neuropathy, vitamin Bi2 deficiency, isolated vitamin E deficiency syndrome, Bassen-Kornzweig syndrome, Glaucoma, Leber's hereditary optic atrophy, Leber congenital amaurosis, neuromyelitis optica, metachromatic leukodystrophy, acute hemorrhagic leukoencephalitis, trigeminal neuralgia, Bell's palsy, cerebral ischemia, multiple system atrophy, traumatic glaucoma, tropical spastic paraparesis human T-lymphotropic virus 1 (HTLV-1) associated myelopathy, west nile virus encephalopathy, La Crosse virus encephalitis, Bunyavirus encephalitis, pediatric viral encephalitis, essential tremor, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, motorneuron disease, spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), hereditary sensory and autonomic neuropathy (HSAN), adrenomyeloneuropathy, progressive supra nuclear palsy (PSP), Fnedrich' s ataxia, hereditary ataxias, noise induced hearing loss and congenital hearing loss.
38. A method of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor, comprising:
a. providing a mixture comprising i) a mutant or fragment of SARMl, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the mutant or fragment has constitutive NADase activity;
b. incubating the mixture;
c. quantifying NAD+ and ADPR in the mixture after the incubating;
d. determining the molar ratio of NAD+ : ADPR; and
e. identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
39. A method in accordance with claim 38, wherein the quantifying NAD+ and ADPR in the mixture comprises performing an UPLC analysis.
40. A method in accordance with claim 38, wherein the mixture comprises a cell lysate comprising the mutant or fragment of SARMl .
41. A method in accordance with claim 40, wherein cell lysate is a lystate of NRKl- HEK293T cells comprising the mutant or fragment of SARMl .
42. A method in accordance with claim 38, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARM-TIR fragment.
43. A method in accordance with claim 38, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl consists of human SARMl residues 410 to 721.
44. A method in accordance with claim 38, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl consists of murine SARMl residues homologous to human SARMl residues 410 to 721.
45. A method in accordance with claim 38, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain.
46. A method in accordance with claim 38, wherein the candidate inhibitor compound is identified as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+ : ADPR is greater than 4: 1.
47. A method in accordance with claim 40, wherein the quantifying NAD+ in the lysate comprises performing a chemiluminescence assay.
48. A polypeptide consisting of a mutant or fragment of SARMl, wherein the mutant or fragment has constitutive NADase activity.
49. A polypeptide consisting of:
a mutant or fragment of SARMl, wherein the mutant or fragment has constitutive
NADase activity; and
at least one tag.
50. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 49, wherein the at least one tag is selected from the group consisting of a Strep tag, a His tag, and a combination thereof.
51. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 49, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARMl -TIR fragment.
52. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 49, consisting of a SARMl-TIR fragment, a His tag, and a streptavidin tag.
53. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 52, wherein the streptavidin tag is a tandem streptavidin tag.
54. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 49, consisting of, in amino-to-carboxy terminal order, a tandem streptavidin tag, a SARMl -TIR fragment, and a His tag.
55. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 49, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain.
56. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 49, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl consists of human SARMl residues 410 to 721.
57. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 49, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl consists of murine SARMl residues homologous to human SARMl residues 410 to 721.
58. A polypeptide having constitutive NADase activity and at least 70% sequence identity with a sequence of a fragment of human SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity.
59. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 58, having at least 80% sequence identity with a sequence of a fragment of human SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity.
60. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 58, having at least 90% sequence identity with a sequence of a fragment of human SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity.
61. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 58, having at least 95% sequence identity with a sequence of a fragment of human SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity.
62. A fragment of human SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity.
63. A vector encoding the polypeptide of any one of claims 48-62.
64. A composition comprising:
the polypeptide of any one of claims 48-62; and a solid support.
65. A composition in accordance with claim 64, wherein the solid support is a bead.
66. A method of identifying a SARM1 NADase inhibitor, comprising:
a. providing a mixture comprising a solid support to which is bound i) a polypeptide in accordance with any one of claims 48-62 and at least one tag, ii) NAD+, and iii) a candidate inhibitor;
b. incubating the mixture;
c. quantifying the NAD+ after the incubating; and
d. identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the
concentration of NAD+ is greater than that of a control.
67. A method in accordance with claim 66, wherein the at least one tag is an N-terminal tag.
68. A method in accordance with claim 67, wherein the N-terminal tag is a streptavidin tag.
69. A method in accordance with claim 68, wherein the N-terminal protein tag is a tandem streptavidin tag.
70. A method in accordance with claim 66, wherein the at least one tag is a C-terminal tag.
71. A method in accordance with claim 70, wherein the C-terminal tag is a His tag.
72. A method in accordance with claim 66, wherein the solid support is a His tag purification bead.
73. A method in accordance with claim 66, wherein the at least one tag is at least two tags.
74. A method in accordance with claim 73, wherein the at least two tags are an N-terminal tag and a C-terminal tag.
75. A method in accordance with claim 74, wherein the N-terminal tag is a tandem streptavidin tag and the C-terminal tag is a His tag.
76. A method in accordance with claim 66, wherein the quantifying NAD+ comprises performing an HPLC assay.
77. A method of identifying a SARM1 NADase inhibitor, comprising:
a. providing a mixture comprising i) at least one cultured neuron comprising at least one axon and ii) a candidate SARM1 NADase inhibitor;
b. adding a labeled NAM to the mixture;
c. transecting the at least one axon;
d. quantifying the amount of labeled and unlabeled NAD+ in the mixture; and e. identifying an inhibitor of SARM1 NADase when the post-injury NAD+ consumption rate is decreased compared to that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
78. A method of identifying a SARM1 NADase inhibitor in accordance with claim 77, further comprising determining the net rate of NAD+ consumption.
79. A method of identifying a SARM1 NADase inhibitor in accordance with claim 77, wherein the determining the net rate of NAD+ consumption comprises calculating the % decrease of light NAD+ over heavy NAD+ over time.
80. A method in accordance with claim 77, wherein the labeled NAM is deuterium labeled NAM.
81. A method in accordance with claim 77, wherein the labeled NAM is D4-NAM.
82. A method in accordance with claim 77, wherein the quantifying the labeled and unlabeled NAD+ comprises performing an HPLC assay.
83. A method in accordance with claim 77, wherein the at least one cultured neuron is at least one dorsal root ganglion cultured neuron.
84. A method of identifying an inhibitor of axonal degeneration, comprising:
a. providing a mixture comprising i) at least one cultured neuron comprising an axon and ii) a candidate inhibitor;
b. disrupting the neuron;
c. calculating a degeneration index using at least one microscope image; and d. identifying an inhibitor of axon degeneration when there is a statistically significant decrease in the degeneration index compared to that of a control.
85. A method in accordance with claim 84, wherein the disrupting the neuron comprises transecting the axon.
86. A method in accordance with claim 84, wherein the disrupting the neuron comprises adding vincristine to the mixture.
87. A method of identifying a SARM1 NADase inhibitor, comprising:
a. providing a mixture comprising i) a mutant or fragment of SARMl, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the mutant or fragment has constitutive NADase activity;
b. incubating the mixture;
c. quantifying NAD+ in the mixture after the incubating; and
d. identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the
amount of NAD+ is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
88. A method in accordance with claim 87, wherein the quantifying NAD+ in the mixture comprises performing a chemiluminescence assay.
89. A method in accordance with claim 87, wherein the quantifying NAD+ in the mixture comprises performing an HPLC analysis.
90. A method in accordance with claim 87, wherein the mixture comprises a cell lysate comprising the mutant or fragment of SARMl .
91. A method in accordance with claim 87, wherein the cell lysate is a lysate of NRK1- HEK293T cells comprising the mutant or fragment of SARMl .
92. A method in accordance with claim 87, wherein the a mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SAM-TIR fragment.
93. A method in accordance with claim 87, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl consists of human SARMl residues 410 to 721.
94. A method in accordance with claim 87, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl consists of murine SARMl modified to exhibit constitutive NADase activity.
95. A method in accordance with claim 87, wherein the mutant or fragment of SARMl is a SARMl polypeptide deleted for an N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain.
96. A method of treating an axonopathy, comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of an inhibitor of SARMl NADase activity.
97. A method of inhibiting SARMl NADase activity, comprising contacting SARMl with a SARMl NADase inhibitor.
98. A cell in vitro comprising a polypeptide of any one of claims 48-62.
99. A cell in accordance with claim 98, wherein the cell is a eukaryotic cell.
100. A cell in accordance with claim 98, wherein the cell is a mammalian cell.
101. A cell in vitro comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of any one of claims 48-
62.
102. A cell in accordance with claim 101, wherein the cell is a eukaryotic cell.
103. A cell in accordance with claim 101, wherein the cell is a mammalian cell.
104. A prokaryotic cell comprising a polypeptide of any one of claims 48-62.
105. A prokaryotic cell of claim 104, wherein the cell is an E. coli.
106. A prokaryotic cell comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide of any one of claims 48-62.
107. A prokaryotic cell of claim 106, wherein the cell is an E. coli.
108. A method of treating an axonopathy, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an inhibitor of SARMl NADase activity.
109. A method of treating an axonopathy in accordance with claim 108, wherein the inhibitor of SARMl NADase activity is a proton pump inhibitor.
1 10. A method of treating an axonopathy in accordance with claim 108, wherein the inhibitor of SARMl NADase activit is a compound of formula I :
Figure imgf000150_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein: XC is N or C;
R1C is H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, or C1-C5 haloalkoxy;
R2C is C1-C5 alkyl or C1-C5 alkoxy;
R3C is C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl or an ether; and
R4C is H, C1-C5 alkyl or C1-C5 alkoxy.
1 11. A method of treating an axonopathy in accordance with claim 108, wherein the inhibitor of SARMl NADase activity is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
1 12. A method of treating an axonopathy in accordance with claim 108, wherein the inhibitor of SARMl NADase activity is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000152_0002
Figure imgf000153_0001
1 13. A method of treating an axonopathy, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of Nicotinamide Hypoxanthine dinucleotide (NHD).
1 14. A method of identifying a SARM1 NADase inhibitor, comprising:
a) providing a mixture comprising i) a polypeptide that has at least 70% sequence identity with a fragment of human SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the polypeptide has constitutive NADase activity;
b) incubating the mixture;
c) quantifying NAD+ and at least one NADase cleavage product in the mixture after the incubating; and
d) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+ to the at least one NADase cleavage product is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
1 15. A method in accordance with claim 1 13, wherein the polypeptide has at least 80% sequence identity with a fragment of human SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity.
1 16. A method in accordance with claim 1 13, wherein the polypeptide has at least 90% sequence identity with a fragment of human SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity.
1 17. A method in accordance with claim 1 13, wherein the polypeptide has at least 95% sequence identity with a fragment of human SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity.
1 18. A method in accordance with claim 1 13, wherein the polypeptide is a fragment of human SARMl that has constitutive NADase activity.
1 19. A method in accordance with any one of claims 1 13-1 17, wherein the at least one NADase cleavage product is ADPR.
120. A method in accordance with any one of claims 1 13-1 17, wherein the at least one NADase cleavage product is Nam.
121. A method in accordance with any one of claims 1 13-1 17, wherein the quantifying NAD+ comprises performing an HPLC analysis.
122. A method in accordance with any one of claims 1 13-1 17, wherein the quantifying the at least one NADase cleavage product comprises performing an HPLC analysis.
123. A method in accordance with any one of claims 1 13-1 17, wherein the quantifying NAD+ in the lysate comprises performing a chemiluminescence assay.
124. A method in accordance with any one of claims 1 13-1 17, wherein the mixture comprises a cell lysate comprising the polypeptide.
125. A method in accordance with any one of claims 1 13-1 17, wherein cell lysate is a lysate of NRK1-HEK293T cells comprising the polypeptide.
126. A method in accordance with claim 1 13, wherein the polypeptide is a SARM-TIR fragment.
127. A method in accordance with claim 1 13, wherein the polypeptide consists of human SARM1 residues 410 to 721.
128. A method in accordance with claim 1 13, wherein the polypeptide consists of human SARM1 residues 560-724.
129. A method in accordance with claim 1 13, wherein the polypeptide is a SARM1 polypeptide deleted for an N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain.
130. A method in accordance with claim 1 13, wherein the candidate inhibitor compound is identified as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+ to the at least one cleavage product is greater than 4: 1.
131. A method of inhibiting SARM1 NADase activity comprising contacting a SARMl polypeptide with a proton pump inhibitor.
132. A method of inhibiting SARMl NADase activity comprising contacting a SARMl polypeptide with a compound of formula I :
Figure imgf000156_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
Xc is N or C;
R1C is H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, or C1-C5 haloalkoxy;
, 2C ·
R^ is C1-C5 alkyl or C1-C5 alkoxy;
R is C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl or an ether; and
R4C is H, C1-C5 alkyl or C1-C5 alkoxy.
133. A method of inhibiting SARMl NADase activity in accordance with claim 108, wherein the compound or salt thereof is selected from the group consisting of tenatoprazole, pantoprazole sodium, dexlansoprazole, esomeprazole magnesium hydrate and rabeprazole sodium.
134. A compound of formula I , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment of an axonopathy:
Figure imgf000156_0002
wherein:
Xc is N or C;
R1C is H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, or C1-C5 haloalkoxy;
R2C is C1-C5 alkyl or C1-C5 alkoxy;
R^ is C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl or an ether; and R4C is H, C1-C5 alkyl or C1-C5 alkoxy.
135. A compound in accordance with claim 1 10, wherein the compound or salt thereof is selected from the group consisting of tenatoprazole, pantoprazole sodium, dexlansoprazole, esomeprazole magnesium hydrate, lansoprazole, omeprazole or rabeprazole sodium.
136. A method of identifying a SARM1 NADase inhibitor, comprising:
a. providing a mixture comprising i) a full-length SARM1, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the full-length SARM1 has constitutive NADase activity;
b. incubating the mixture;
c. quantifying NAD+ and ADPR in the mixture after the incubating;
d. determining the molar ratio of NAD+ : ADPR; and
e. identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
137. The method of claim 136, wherein the quantifying NAD+ and ADPR in the mixture comprises performing an HPLC analysis.
138. The method of claim 136, wherein the mixture comprises a cell lysate comprising the full-length SARM1.
139. A method of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor, comprising:
a. providing a mixture comprising a solid support to which is bound i) a full-length SARMl and at least one tag, ii) NAD+, and iii) a candidate inhibitor;
b. incubating the mixture;
c. quantifying the NAD+ after the incubating; and
d. identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the
concentration of NAD+ is greater than that of a control.
140. A method of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor, comprising:
a. providing a mixture comprising i) a full-length SARMl, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the full-length SARMl has constitutive NADase activity;
b. incubating the mixture;
c. quantifying NAD+ in the mixture after the incubating; and
d. identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the
amount of NAD+ is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
141. A method of identifying a SARMl NADase inhibitor, comprising:
a) providing a mixture comprising i) a full-length SARMl that has constitutive
NADase activity, ii) NAD+ and iii) a candidate inhibitor, wherein the full-length SARMl has constitutive NADase activity;
b) incubating the mixture;
c) quantifying NAD+ and at least one NADase cleavage product in the mixture after the incubating; and
d) identifying the candidate inhibitor compound as an NADase inhibitor if the molar ratio of NAD+ to the at least one NADase cleavage product is greater than that of a control mixture that does not contain the candidate inhibitor.
142. The method of claim 141, wherein the at least one NADase cleavage product is ADPR.
143. The method of claim 141 , wherein the at least one NADase cleavage product is Nam.
144. The method of claim 141, wherein the quantifying NAD+ comprises performing an HPLC analysis.
145. A SARMl polypeptide comprising at least a functional fragment of a SARMl N-terminal auto-inhibitory domain, at least a functional fragment of one or more SAM domains, and at least a functional fragment of a SARMl TIR domain, wherein the SARMl polypeptide lacks a mitochondrial targeting sequence.
PCT/US2017/053098 2016-09-24 2017-09-22 INHIBITORS OF SARM1 NADase ACTIVITY AND USES THEREOF Ceased WO2018057989A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA3037884A CA3037884A1 (en) 2016-09-24 2017-09-22 Inhibitors of sarm1 nadase activity and uses thereof
US16/335,754 US11253503B2 (en) 2016-09-24 2017-09-22 Inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity and uses thereof
EP17778153.1A EP3515426A1 (en) 2016-09-24 2017-09-22 INHIBITORS OF SARM1 NADase ACTIVITY AND USES THEREOF
CN201780072662.1A CN110545804A (en) 2016-09-24 2017-09-22 SARM1 NAD enzyme activity inhibitor and application thereof
JP2019537755A JP7044789B2 (en) 2016-09-24 2017-09-22 Inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity and their use
US17/508,321 US11903935B2 (en) 2016-09-24 2021-10-22 Inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity and uses thereof
US18/406,825 US20240238264A1 (en) 2016-09-24 2024-01-08 Inhibitors of sarm1 nadase activity and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662399339P 2016-09-24 2016-09-24
US62/399,339 2016-09-24
US201762473921P 2017-03-20 2017-03-20
US201762473805P 2017-03-20 2017-03-20
US201762473916P 2017-03-20 2017-03-20
US62/473,805 2017-03-20
US62/473,921 2017-03-20
US62/473,916 2017-03-20

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/335,754 A-371-Of-International US11253503B2 (en) 2016-09-24 2017-09-22 Inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity and uses thereof
US17/508,321 Continuation US11903935B2 (en) 2016-09-24 2021-10-22 Inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity and uses thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018057989A1 true WO2018057989A1 (en) 2018-03-29

Family

ID=60002140

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2017/053098 Ceased WO2018057989A1 (en) 2016-09-24 2017-09-22 INHIBITORS OF SARM1 NADase ACTIVITY AND USES THEREOF

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (3) US11253503B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3515426A1 (en)
JP (1) JP7044789B2 (en)
CN (1) CN110545804A (en)
CA (1) CA3037884A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2018057989A1 (en)

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019236879A1 (en) 2018-06-07 2019-12-12 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
WO2019236884A1 (en) 2018-06-07 2019-12-12 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
WO2020081923A1 (en) 2018-10-19 2020-04-23 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1 in combination with nad+ or a nad+ precursor
WO2020247701A2 (en) 2019-06-06 2020-12-10 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
WO2021086076A1 (en) * 2019-10-31 2021-05-06 주식회사 체크메이트 테라퓨틱스 Composition for preventing or inhibiting axonal degeneration
WO2021022111A3 (en) * 2019-08-01 2021-05-20 Duke University β-ARRESTIN-MODULATING COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF USING SAME
WO2021108602A1 (en) * 2019-11-26 2021-06-03 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for neuroprotection
US20210187069A1 (en) * 2017-10-18 2021-06-24 Washington University Dominant negative sarm1 molecules as a therapeutic strategy for neurodegenerative diseases or disorders
WO2021142006A1 (en) 2020-01-07 2021-07-15 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
CN113164508A (en) * 2018-12-19 2021-07-23 达萨玛治疗公司 SARM1 inhibitors in combination with neuroprotective agents
JP2021527696A (en) * 2018-06-20 2021-10-14 ウーツェーベー ファルマ ゲーエムベーハー Substituted alkoxypyridinyl indole sulfonamide
WO2021207308A1 (en) 2020-04-09 2021-10-14 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Condensed pyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of sarm1
WO2021207302A1 (en) 2020-04-09 2021-10-14 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Indazole derivatives as inhibitors of sarm1
CN113966217A (en) * 2019-06-14 2022-01-21 达萨玛治疗公司 SARM1 inhibitors
US11253503B2 (en) 2016-09-24 2022-02-22 Washington University Inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity and uses thereof
WO2022046606A1 (en) 2020-08-24 2022-03-03 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
WO2022055940A1 (en) * 2020-09-08 2022-03-17 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Vista inhibitors
WO2022125377A1 (en) 2020-12-08 2022-06-16 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Benzopyrazole inhibitors of sarm1
CN114728007A (en) * 2019-09-12 2022-07-08 达萨玛治疗公司 Inhibitors of SARM1
WO2023072026A1 (en) * 2021-10-25 2023-05-04 Sironax Ltd. Sarm1 modulators, preparations, and uses thereof
WO2023236920A1 (en) * 2022-06-07 2023-12-14 Sironax Ltd. Sarm1 modulators, preparations, and uses thereof
WO2025253012A1 (en) 2024-06-06 2025-12-11 University College London Treatment of cancer of the central nervous system

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4158008A4 (en) * 2020-05-27 2024-10-23 Emendobio Inc. BIALELIC KNOCKOUT OF SARM1
CN114136941B (en) * 2020-11-27 2024-04-16 北京大学深圳研究生院 SARM1 enzyme inhibitor and screening method and application thereof
US20220241416A1 (en) * 2021-01-28 2022-08-04 Bar Ilan University Methods for the identification of sarm1 nadase activity inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022265960A1 (en) * 2021-06-13 2022-12-22 Daya Drug Discoveries, Inc. Prevention and treatment of neuronal damage with pyridoindolobenz[b, d] azepine compositions
JP2023030679A (en) * 2021-08-23 2023-03-08 国立大学法人 岡山大学 Compound, and drug for preventing or treating neurological disease
WO2023235719A2 (en) * 2022-05-31 2023-12-07 The Scripps Research Institute Stereoselective allosteric inhibitors of sarm1
KR20250121164A (en) 2022-11-12 2025-08-11 캠브리지 엔터프라이즈 리미티드 SARM1 preparations for therapeutic and cosmetic use
CN118190922B (en) * 2024-05-17 2024-07-26 北京爱思益普生物科技股份有限公司 Method for high-throughput screening of SARM1 inhibitor and application thereof

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0268956A2 (en) 1986-11-13 1988-06-01 Eisai Co., Ltd. Pyridine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same, the use of the same for the manufacture of medicaments having therapeutic or preventative value, and a process for preparing the same
WO2006084854A2 (en) 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Solvay Pharmaceuticals B.V. [1,2,4]-dithiazoli(di)ne derivatives, inducers of gluthathione-s-transferase and nadph quinone oxido-reductase, for prophylaxis and treatment of adverse conditions associated with cytotoxicity in general and apoptosis in particular
US20120328629A1 (en) * 2011-06-24 2012-12-27 University Of Miami Therapeutic Applications Targeting SARM1

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB0113923D0 (en) * 2001-06-07 2001-08-01 Univ Bath Therapeutics
US20110111014A1 (en) * 2007-06-26 2011-05-12 Parkinson's Institute Methods and compositions for treatment of neurological disorders
JP7044789B2 (en) 2016-09-24 2022-03-30 ワシントン・ユニバーシティ Inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity and their use

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0268956A2 (en) 1986-11-13 1988-06-01 Eisai Co., Ltd. Pyridine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same, the use of the same for the manufacture of medicaments having therapeutic or preventative value, and a process for preparing the same
US5045552A (en) 1986-11-13 1991-09-03 Eisai Co., Ltd. Pyridine derivatives having anti-ulcerative activity
WO2006084854A2 (en) 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Solvay Pharmaceuticals B.V. [1,2,4]-dithiazoli(di)ne derivatives, inducers of gluthathione-s-transferase and nadph quinone oxido-reductase, for prophylaxis and treatment of adverse conditions associated with cytotoxicity in general and apoptosis in particular
US20120328629A1 (en) * 2011-06-24 2012-12-27 University Of Miami Therapeutic Applications Targeting SARM1

Non-Patent Citations (64)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Organic Chemistry", 1999, THOMAS SORRELL, UNIVERSITY SCIENCE BOOKS
.: "Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed.", .
ALFONSO R. GENNARO: "Remington: the Science and Practice of Pharmacy 19th ed.", 1995
ANONYMOUS: "Major pathway identified in nerve cell death offers hope for therapies | The Source | Washington University in St. Louis", 23 April 2015 (2015-04-23), XP055432550, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://source.wustl.edu/2015/04/major-pathway-identified-in-nerve-cell-death-offers-hope-for-therapies/> [retrieved on 20171206] *
ARAKI, T. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 305, 2004, pages 1010 - 1013
ARMSTRONG, S.R. ET AL., STRUCTURE, vol. 4, 1995, pages 97 - 107
ARNOLD, K. ET AL., BIOINFORMATICS, vol. 22, 2006, pages 195 - 201
BREEN, L.T. ET AL., AM. J. PHYSIOL. RENAL. PHYSIOL., vol. 290, 2006, pages F486 - F495
BURROUGHS, A.M. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 43, 2015, pages 10633 - 10654
CANTO ET AL., CELL METAB., vol. 22, 2015, pages 31 - 53
CHEN ET AL., MOL. CELL. PROTEOMICS, vol. 11, 2012, pages 11.011445
ERDE ET AL., J. PROTEOME RES., vol. 13, 2014, pages 1885 - 1895
FISCHER ET AL.: "Axonal degeneration in motor neuron disease", NEURODEGENER. DIS., vol. 4, 2007, pages 431 - 442
FLIEGERT, R. ET AL., BIOCHEM. SOC. TRANS., vol. 35, 2007, pages 109 - 114
GEISLER ET AL., BRAIN, vol. 139, 2016, pages 3092 - 3108
GERDTS ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 348, 2015, pages 453 - 457
GERDTS ET AL.: "SARM1 activation triggers axon degeneration locally via NAD(+) destruction", SCIENCE, vol. 348, 2015, pages 453 - 457
GERDTS ET AL.: "SARM1 activation triggers axon degeneration locally via NAD(+) destruction", SCIENCE, vol. 348, 2016, pages 453 - 457
GERDTS ET AL.: "Sarml-mediated axon degeneration requires both SAM and TIR interactions", J. NEUROSCI., vol. 33, 2013, pages 13569 - 13580
GERDTS JOSIAH ET AL: "Axon Self-Destruction: New Links among SARM1, MAPKs, and NAD+ Metabolism", NEURON, CELL PRESS, US, vol. 89, no. 3, 3 February 2016 (2016-02-03), pages 449 - 460, XP029406975, ISSN: 0896-6273, DOI: 10.1016/J.NEURON.2015.12.023 *
GERDTS, J ET AL., NEURON, vol. 89, 2016, pages 449 - 460
GERDTS, J ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 348, 2015, pages 453 - 457
GERDTS, J. ET AL., J. NEUROSCI., vol. 33, 2013, pages 13569 - 13580
GERDTS, J. ET AL., NEURON, vol. 89, 2016, pages 449 - 460
GERDTS, J. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 348, 2015, pages 453 - 457
GHOSH ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 285, 2010, pages 5683 - 5694
GHOSH, J. ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 285, 2010, pages 5683 - 5694
HARDMAN, J.G. ET AL.: "Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Ninth Edition,", 1996, MCGRAW-HILL
HARLOW, E.: "Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", 1999, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
HASAN, M.A. ET AL., KOREAN J. PHYSIOL. PHARMACOL., vol. 18, 2014, pages 497 - 502
HENNINGER, N. ET AL., BRAIN, vol. 139, 2016, pages 1094 - 1105
J. GERDTS ET AL: "SARM1 activation triggers axon degeneration locally via NAD+ destruction", SCIENCE, vol. 348, no. 6233, 24 April 2015 (2015-04-24), pages 453 - 457, XP055431673, ISSN: 0036-8075, DOI: 10.1126/science.1258366 *
JING WANG ET AL: "A local mechanism mediates NAD-dependent protection of axon degeneration", THE JOURNAL OF CELL BIOLOGY : JCB, vol. 170, no. 3, 25 July 2005 (2005-07-25), US, pages 349 - 355, XP055432043, ISSN: 0021-9525, DOI: 10.1083/jcb.200504028 *
KELLEY, L.A. ET AL., NAT. PROTOC., vol. 10, 2015, pages 845 - 858
LI, P.L. ET AL., AM. J. PHYSIOL. HEART CIRC. PHYSIOL., vol. 282, 2002, pages H1229 - H12236
LIU ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 284, 2009, pages 27637 - 27645
NILS HENNINGER ET AL: "Attenuated traumatic axonal injury and improved functional outcome after traumatic brain injury in mice lacking Sarm1", BRAIN., vol. 139, no. 4, 24 April 2016 (2016-04-24), GB, pages 1094 - 1105, XP055432558, ISSN: 0006-8950, DOI: 10.1093/brain/aww001 *
OLIVER ET AL., J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 39, no. 15, 1974, pages 2225 - 2228
O'NEILL, L.A. ET AL., NAT. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 13, 2013, pages 453 - 460
O'NEILL, L.A.; BOWIE, A.G., NAT. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 7, 2007, pages 353 - 364
OSTERLOH, J.M. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 337, 2012, pages 481 - 484
PANDEYA ET AL., PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH, vol. 4, no. 4, 1987, pages 321 - 326
PETER PAUL DE DEYN ET AL: "Aripiprazole in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease", EXPERT OPINION ON PHARMACOTHERAPY, vol. 14, no. 4, 1 March 2013 (2013-03-01), LONDON, UK, pages 459 - 474, XP055420827, ISSN: 1465-6566, DOI: 10.1517/14656566.2013.764989 *
PETTERSEN, E.F. ET AL., J. COMPUT. CHEM., vol. 25, 2004, pages 1605 - 12
QIAO, F.; BOWIE, J.U., SCI. STKE, vol. re7, 2005, pages 2005
RICHARD,: "Methods In Molecular Biology", 1995, HUMANA PRESS
ROJO LEONEL E ET AL: "Selective interaction of lansoprazole and astemizole with tau polymers: potential new clinical use in diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease", JOURNAL OF ALZHEIMER'S DIS, IOS PRESS, NL, vol. 19, no. 2, 1 January 2010 (2010-01-01), pages 573 - 589, XP008133027, ISSN: 1387-2877, DOI: 10.3233/JAD-2010-1262 *
ROWE, R.C. ET AL.: "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, Fourth Edition,", 2003, PHARMACEUTICAL PRESS
RUPINDER K. SODHI ET AL: "Defensive Effect of Lansoprazole in Dementia of AD Type in Mice Exposed to Streptozotocin and Cholesterol Enriched Diet", PLOS ONE, vol. 8, no. 7, 31 July 2013 (2013-07-31), pages e70487, XP055431688, DOI: 10.1371/journal.pone.0070487 *
S. M. BERGE ET AL.: "describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail", J. PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
SAMBROOK, J. ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd ed.", 2001, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
SASAKI ET AL., J. NEUROSCI., vol. 29, 2009, pages 5525 - 5535
SASAKI ET AL.: "J. Neurosci.", vol. 19, 2009, NIH, pages: 5525 - 5535
SASAKI, Y. ET AL., J. NEUROSCI., vol. 29, 2009, pages 5525 - 5535
SASAKI, Y. ET AL., JOURNAL OF NEUROSCIENCE, vol. 29, no. 17, 2009, pages 5525 - 5535
SHIMIZU ET AL., NAT. BIOTECHNOL., vol. 19, 2001, pages 751 - 755
SIKOWITZ, M.D. ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 52, 2013, pages 4037 - 4047
SMITH, M.B.; MARCH, J.: "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th Ed.,", 2001, JOHN WILEY & SONS
SODING, J. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 33, 2005, pages W244 - 248
SPECTOR, D. L. ET AL.: "Cells: A Laboratory Manual", 1998, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
SUMMERS, D.W. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA., vol. 113, 2016, pages E6271 - E6280
TEWARI, R. ET AL., TRENDS CELL BIOL., vol. 20, 2010, pages 470 - 481
WHITMORE, A.V. ET AL., CELL DEATH DIFFER., vol. 10, 2003, pages 260 - 261
WISNIEWSKI ET AL., NAT. METHODS, vol. 6, 2009, pages 359 - 362

Cited By (50)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11903935B2 (en) 2016-09-24 2024-02-20 Washington University Inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity and uses thereof
US11253503B2 (en) 2016-09-24 2022-02-22 Washington University Inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity and uses thereof
US20210187069A1 (en) * 2017-10-18 2021-06-24 Washington University Dominant negative sarm1 molecules as a therapeutic strategy for neurodegenerative diseases or disorders
US12576130B2 (en) * 2017-10-18 2026-03-17 Washington University Dominant negative SARM1 molecules comprising a substitution at position 189, 190, 193, 194, 570 and/or 685 of SARM1
US12338238B2 (en) 2018-06-07 2025-06-24 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of SARM1
WO2019236884A1 (en) 2018-06-07 2019-12-12 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
US12448374B2 (en) 2018-06-07 2025-10-21 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of SARM1
EP3801500A4 (en) * 2018-06-07 2022-03-02 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. INHIBITORS OF SARM1
WO2019236879A1 (en) 2018-06-07 2019-12-12 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
JP7371031B2 (en) 2018-06-20 2023-10-30 ウーツェーベー ファルマ ゲーエムベーハー Substituted alkoxypyridinyl indole sulfonamides
JP2021527696A (en) * 2018-06-20 2021-10-14 ウーツェーベー ファルマ ゲーエムベーハー Substituted alkoxypyridinyl indole sulfonamide
CN112955150A (en) * 2018-10-19 2021-06-11 达萨玛治疗公司 SARM1 inhibitors in combination with NAD + or NAD + precursors
WO2020081923A1 (en) 2018-10-19 2020-04-23 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1 in combination with nad+ or a nad+ precursor
CN113164508B (en) * 2018-12-19 2025-07-08 达萨玛治疗公司 SARM1 inhibitors in combination with neuroprotective agents
EP3897670A4 (en) * 2018-12-19 2022-09-07 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1 in combination with neuroprotective agents
US12083114B2 (en) 2018-12-19 2024-09-10 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of SARM1 in combination with neuro-protective agents
CN113164508A (en) * 2018-12-19 2021-07-23 达萨玛治疗公司 SARM1 inhibitors in combination with neuroprotective agents
CN113950326A (en) * 2019-06-06 2022-01-18 达萨玛治疗公司 SARM1 inhibitors
EP3980011A4 (en) * 2019-06-06 2023-01-18 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. MRSA1 INHIBITORS
WO2020247701A2 (en) 2019-06-06 2020-12-10 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
JP2022536518A (en) * 2019-06-14 2022-08-17 ディスアーム セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Inhibitor of SARM1
JP7319395B2 (en) 2019-06-14 2023-08-01 ディスアーム セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Inhibitor of SARM1
EP3982949A4 (en) * 2019-06-14 2023-10-11 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
CN113966217A (en) * 2019-06-14 2022-01-21 达萨玛治疗公司 SARM1 inhibitors
WO2021022111A3 (en) * 2019-08-01 2021-05-20 Duke University β-ARRESTIN-MODULATING COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF USING SAME
CN114728007A (en) * 2019-09-12 2022-07-08 达萨玛治疗公司 Inhibitors of SARM1
EP4028013A4 (en) * 2019-09-12 2023-10-18 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
US12441719B2 (en) 2019-09-12 2025-10-14 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of SARM1
WO2021086076A1 (en) * 2019-10-31 2021-05-06 주식회사 체크메이트 테라퓨틱스 Composition for preventing or inhibiting axonal degeneration
JP7796797B2 (en) 2019-11-26 2026-01-09 ディスアーム セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Methods and Compositions for Neuroprotection
JP2024112834A (en) * 2019-11-26 2024-08-21 ディスアーム セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Methods and Compositions for Neuroprotection
JP2023503994A (en) * 2019-11-26 2023-02-01 ディスアーム セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Methods and compositions for neuroprotection
WO2021108602A1 (en) * 2019-11-26 2021-06-03 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for neuroprotection
JP7528212B2 (en) 2019-11-26 2024-08-05 ディスアーム セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Methods and Compositions for Neuroprotection
WO2021142006A1 (en) 2020-01-07 2021-07-15 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
WO2021207308A1 (en) 2020-04-09 2021-10-14 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Condensed pyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of sarm1
CN115916764A (en) * 2020-04-09 2023-04-04 达萨玛治疗公司 Indazole derivatives as SARM1 inhibitors
WO2021207302A1 (en) 2020-04-09 2021-10-14 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Indazole derivatives as inhibitors of sarm1
US12435084B2 (en) 2020-04-09 2025-10-07 Eli Lilly And Company Indazole derivatives as inhibitors of SARM1
JP2023521160A (en) * 2020-04-09 2023-05-23 ディスアーム セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Inhibitor of SARM1
JP7477642B2 (en) 2020-04-09 2024-05-01 ディスアーム セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド SARM1 inhibitors
KR20230057396A (en) * 2020-08-24 2023-04-28 디스암 테라퓨틱스, 인크. Inhibitor of SARM1
WO2022046606A1 (en) 2020-08-24 2022-03-03 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of sarm1
KR102918550B1 (en) 2020-08-24 2026-01-27 디스암 테라퓨틱스, 인크. SARM1 inhibitor
US12043613B2 (en) 2020-08-24 2024-07-23 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of SARM1
WO2022055940A1 (en) * 2020-09-08 2022-03-17 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Vista inhibitors
WO2022125377A1 (en) 2020-12-08 2022-06-16 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Benzopyrazole inhibitors of sarm1
WO2023072026A1 (en) * 2021-10-25 2023-05-04 Sironax Ltd. Sarm1 modulators, preparations, and uses thereof
WO2023236920A1 (en) * 2022-06-07 2023-12-14 Sironax Ltd. Sarm1 modulators, preparations, and uses thereof
WO2025253012A1 (en) 2024-06-06 2025-12-11 University College London Treatment of cancer of the central nervous system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110545804A (en) 2019-12-06
US11903935B2 (en) 2024-02-20
EP3515426A1 (en) 2019-07-31
JP2019535804A (en) 2019-12-12
US11253503B2 (en) 2022-02-22
US20240238264A1 (en) 2024-07-18
US20200129493A1 (en) 2020-04-30
JP7044789B2 (en) 2022-03-30
CA3037884A1 (en) 2018-03-29
US20220040164A1 (en) 2022-02-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11903935B2 (en) Inhibitors of SARM1 NADase activity and uses thereof
JP7319395B2 (en) Inhibitor of SARM1
AU2021206651B2 (en) Inhibitors of SARM1
EP3980011B1 (en) Inhibitors of sarm1
EP3801500B1 (en) Inhibitors of sarm1
WO2019199972A1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of cancer
EP4132920B1 (en) Indazole derivatives as inhibitors of sarm1
US12448374B2 (en) Inhibitors of SARM1
EP4200293A1 (en) Inhibitors of sarm1
EP4132928B1 (en) Condensed pyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of sarm1
WO2021050913A1 (en) Inhibitors of sarm1
EP4259619A1 (en) Benzopyrazole inhibitors of sarm1
CA3102598C (en) Inhibitors of sarm1

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17778153

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3037884

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019537755

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017778153

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190424